Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Internet Content & Information / Shutterstock, Inc.

Shutterstock, Inc.

sstk · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker sstk
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Internet Content & Information
Employees 1715
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Shutterstock, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
$

$

$

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

(Mark  One)

FORM 10-K

(cid:1) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)  OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(cid:2) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION  13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

OR

For the transition period from 

 to 

Commission file number 001-35669

Shutterstock, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

60 Broad Street, 30th Floor
New York, New York
(Address of principal executive offices)

80-0812659
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

10004
(Zip code)

(646) 419-4452
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities  registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of  each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

New York Stock Exchange

Securities  registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate  by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned  issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

Indicate  by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports  pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant: (1)  has filed all  reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or  for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been  subject to such filing requirements for the past  90 days. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during  the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was  required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate  by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will

not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:2)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer, a non-accelerated filer,  or  a smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of ‘‘large accelerated  filer,’’  ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer (cid:2)

Smaller reporting company (cid:2)

Accelerated filer (cid:2)

Non-accelerated filer (cid:1)
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)

Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

As of June 30, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the registrant’s
common stock was not publicly traded. Based on the closing price of  the registrant’s common stock on October 16, 2012, the closing
date  of the registrant’s initial public offering, the aggregate market value  of its shares held by non-affiliates on that date was
approximately $173,673,539. This calculation excludes the shares  of common stock held by executive officers, directors and stockholders
whose  ownership exceeded 10% outstanding at October 16,  2012. This calculation does not reflect a determination that such persons are
affiliates for  any  other purposes.

On February 26, 2013, 33,517,031 shares of the registrant’s  common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The  information required by Part III of this Annual  Report on Form 10-K, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated
herein  by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held in 2013,
which  definitive proxy statement shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal
year  to  which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates.

Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I
Item 1.
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder  Matters and  Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 6.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary  Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements  With Accountants on Accounting and  Financial
Item 9.

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers  and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 11. Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholder Matters

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions  and Director Independence . . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees  and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 14.
Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

3
24
44
44
45
45

46
49

53
72
73

73
73
74

75
75

75
75
75

76

2

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

PART I

This  Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking  statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section  21E  of  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
particularly in the discussions under the captions ‘‘Business,’’  ‘‘Risk Factors’’ and ‘‘Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.’’ These include  statements that
involve expectations, plans or intentions (such as  those  relating to  future business, future results  of
operations or financial condition, new  or  planned features, products  or services, or management strategies)
based on our management’s current beliefs  and assumptions. You can identify these forward-looking
statements by words such as ‘‘may,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘would,’’  ‘‘should,’’ ‘‘could,’’ ‘‘expect,’’ ‘‘anticipate,’’ ‘‘believe,’’
‘‘estimate,’’ ‘‘intend,’’ ‘‘plan’’ and other  similar expressions. However, not  all forward-looking  statements
contain these words. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause our
actual results to differ materially from  those expressed or implied in  our forward-looking statements. Such
risks and uncertainties include, among  others, those  discussed under the caption ‘‘Risk Factors’’ of  this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as  in  our consolidated  financial  statements, related notes, and the
other information appearing elsewhere  in  this report and  our other  filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or the SEC. Given these risks  and uncertainties, you  should not  place  undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements. We do not  intend, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation,
to update any of our forward-looking statements after  the date of this  report to reflect  actual results or  future
events  or circumstances. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to  place undue
reliance  on such forward-looking statements.

In addition, some of the industry and market data  contained in this  Annual Report on Form 10-K  are
based on data collected by third parties, including  IDC, BIA/Kelsey, Cisco, IBISWorld,  Netcraft, comScore
and MagnaGlobal, as well as a report commissioned by us  and prepared by L.E.K.  Consulting LLC. This
information involves a number of assumptions and  limitations. Although  we believe  that  each source is
reliable as of its respective date, we have not independently verified the accuracy  or completeness of  this
information.

Unless the context otherwise indicates,  references in this  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K to  the terms

‘‘Shutterstock,’’ ‘‘the Company,’’ ‘‘we,’’  ‘‘our’’ and  ‘‘us’’ refer  to Shutterstock, Inc. and its subsidiaries
including, for the period prior to October  5, 2012,  Shutterstock Images  LLC. ‘‘Shutterstock,’’  ‘‘Bigstock’’
and ‘‘Big Stock Photo’’ are registered trademarks or logos appearing in this  Annual Report on Form 10-K
and are the property of Shutterstock, Inc.  or  one of  our subsidiaries.  All other  trademarks,  service marks
and trade names appearing in this Annual  Report on Form 10-K are  the property  of their respective owners.

Item 1. Business.

Overview

Shutterstock operates an industry-leading global marketplace  for commercial digital imagery.
Commercial digital imagery consists  of  licensed photographs,  illustrations and  videos that companies
use in their visual communications, such  as  websites, digital  and print marketing materials, corporate
communications, books, publications and video  content. Demand  for commercial digital imagery comes
primarily from businesses, marketing  agencies and  media organizations. We estimate that the market
for pre-shot commercial digital imagery  will  grow to approximately $6 billion in  2016, based  on a study
conducted on our  behalf by L.E.K. Consulting LLC,  or L.E.K.  There  has been a significant  increase in
the demand for commercial digital imagery  as rapid technological advances have  reduced  the cost and
effort required to create, license and use  images. Our  global online marketplace brings together users
of commercial digital imagery with image creators  from around the  world. More than 750,000 active,
paying  users contributed to revenue in  2012. More than  40,000 approved  contributors  make  their
images available in our collection, which  has grown  to  more than  23 million images. This makes our

3

collection one of the largest of its kind,  and,  in the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, we
delivered more than 76 million paid downloads (including both commercial and editorial images) to our
customers. We believe that we delivered  the highest volume of commercial image downloads in this
period of any single brand in our industry.

Our online marketplace provides a freely searchable collection  of  commercial digital images that

our  users can pay to license, download and  incorporate  into  their work. We compensate  image
contributors for each of their images  that is downloaded. This marketplace model allows us  to  offer
users a disruptive, low-cost and easy-to-use alternative to the time-consuming and expensive traditional
methods of obtaining commercial imagery. It enables millions of small and medium-sized businesses, or
SMBs, to affordably access commercial  digital  images, and allows larger  enterprises and media  agencies
to more  easily and efficiently satisfy their  increasing image  needs.

We  are the beneficiaries of significant network effects. As we  have grown, our broadening audience

of paying users has attracted more images  from contributors. This increased selection of  images has in
turn helped to attract more paying users. The success  of this network effect  is facilitated by the trust
that users place in Shutterstock to maintain the  integrity of our branded marketplace. Every contributor
in our marketplace and every image  we  make  available must  pass  our proprietary screening process  and
meet our standards of quality. In addition,  and  unlike the significant  majority of free images available
online, our rigorous vetting process enables us to provide confidence to our  users that the images  in
our  collection have been appropriately licensed for commercial or editorial use.  We  also provide
indemnification protections that give our  users  additional protection and comfort.

We  make image licensing both affordable and convenient,  simple  and easy  in order to encourage a

high volume of purchases and downloads.  Our customers’  average cost per  image is approximately
$2.23 during fiscal year 2012. We are a  pioneer  of  the subscription-based  usage  model  in our industry,
whereby subscribers can download and  use a large  number  of images in their creative process without
concern for the incremental cost of each download. A significant majority  of  our  downloads come from
subscription-based users, who contribute approximately half of our revenue. We also offer simple and
easy-to-use On Demand purchase options  for users  with less consistent  needs.  As a result of our simple
and affordable licensing models, we believe that we  achieved the  highest volume  of commercial image
downloads of any single brand in our industry in 2012.  In  addition to generating  revenue, this high
volume of download activity allows us to continually  improve the quality and accuracy of  our search
algorithms, as well as to encourage the creation of new  content to meet our users’  needs.

Our revenue is diversified and predictable. More than  750,000 customers from more than 150

countries contributed to our revenue in  2012,  with our top  25 customers  in the aggregate accounting
for less than 3% of our revenue. We  have  historically benefitted from  a  high degree of revenue
retention from both subscription-based and On  Demand  customers. For example, in  2012, 2011 and
2010, we experienced year-to-year revenue retention of 100%, 102%, and 96%, respectively. This means
that customers that contributed to revenue  in 2011 contributed, in the aggregate, 100%  as much
revenue in 2012 as they did in 2011. Customers typically pay  upfront and then use  their  downloads in a
predictable pattern over time, which  results in  favorable cash flow characteristics and has historically
added predictability and stability to our financial performance.

We  have achieved  significant growth since  our marketplace was launched  in 2003. In  2012 and

2011, we generated revenue of $169.6  million and $120.3 million, respectively, representing
year-over-year growth of 41.0% and 45.0%, respectively. In 2012  and  2011, we generated  Adjusted
EBITDA of $34.9 million and $26.5 million,  Non-GAAP Net Income of $28.0 million  and $23.9 million,
and Free Cash Flow of $41.5 million and $36.1  million, respectively. See Part II, Item 6 of  this Annual
Report on Form 10-K under the heading ‘‘Selected Financial  Data—Non-GAAP Financial  Measures.’’
In 2012 and 2011,  our net income was  $47.5 million  and  $21.9  million,  respectively. In 2012,  net income
included a non-recurring tax benefit  related to our conversion to a Delaware  C-corporation on

4

October 5, 2012. We are a global business; in  2012, 35% of our  revenue came from North America,
37% came from Europe and 28% came  from the rest of the  world.

Industry Overview: Commercial Digital  Imagery

Images help businesses to communicate. Companies  invest in imagery for the same  reasons  they

invest in marketing, advertising and media production:  to  increase the  impact,  engagement and
differentiation of their communications. From the smallest start-ups to the largest  multinationals,
companies pay to license photographs, videos and illustrations  for use in print and digital marketing
materials, corporate communications,  external and internal websites, social networking sites, mobile
applications, games and video. Imagery is  also  widely used in  publishing books, eBooks, magazines  and
news articles. The demand for paid imagery in a commercial  context comes primarily from:

(cid:127) Businesses: Large corporations, small and medium-sized businesses  and sole  proprietorships

that have marketing, communications  and  design needs;

(cid:127) Marketing Agencies: Creative service providers such as advertising agencies, media agencies,

graphic design firms, web design firms and freelance design professionals; and

(cid:127) Media Organizations: Creators of print and digital content, from large  publishers and  broadcast

companies to professional bloggers.

These professional users of imagery are very  selective about where they source their  images;

images must be of high quality and must fulfill  the licensing obligations  necessary for use in a
commercial context. In order to meet these requirements, commercial digital imagery  is typically either
specially commissioned or licensed from pre-shot image libraries.  Pre-shot  images are not created for a
single, specific purpose at a user’s expense; rather  they are catalogued for review  and selection  by  a
range  of  potential users. Pre-shot images are generally considered a  more  affordable,  less  time-intensive
substitute for commissioned imagery.

We estimate that the total market for commercial imagery  was  approximately  $11 billion  in 2011

and  that it will grow to approximately $13 billion in 2016,  based on a study  conducted on our behalf in
August 2012 by L.E.K. The commercial imagery market is comprised of custom imagery and stock
imagery.  Within the stock imagery market,  L.E.K. defined three segments: the  ‘‘traditional stock
photography’’ segment, the ‘‘stock photography  marketplace’’ segment and all other forms of stock
imagery.  The traditional segment is characterized by higher-touch customer  relationships, negotiated
image prices, and groups of professional photographers who create images  exclusively for  one agency,
often  on a salaried basis. The stock photography marketplace  segment is  characterized by self-serve
ecommerce with simple, inexpensive licensing options and a  large number of contributors from around
the world. The remaining segment is comprised of  all other forms of stock imagery, including stock
illustrations, vectors, video, templates and fonts. Shutterstock  has traditionally participated in the stock
photography marketplace segment along  with the market for other forms of stock imagery,  including
stock illustrations,  vectors and video.

According to L.E.K., the market for stock imagery, or ‘‘pre-shot  commercial digital imagery,’’ will
grow from approximately $4 billion in  2011 to approximately  $6 billion by 2016.  L.E.K. estimates that
the stock photography marketplace segment  along  with the market for all other forms of  stock  imagery
will grow 15-20% annually to a total of more than $3.5 billion in  2016. In the same  period, L.E.K.
estimates that the  traditional segment  will remain stable at approximately $2.3 billion.

As the quality, quantity and awareness of pre-shot image licensing options  continue to increase
over time, we believe that pre-shot images  will satisfy an increasing portion of the  demand for  custom
commercial photography, which L.E.K. estimates to be a  $7  billion market in 2016.

5

Since imagery is often a component  of an advertising campaign or media production,  the demand

for commercial digital imagery is largely  driven by  the global marketing  and publishing industries. In
2011, more than $631 billion was spent in  the global advertising industry, according to IDC. In  that
same period,  IBISWorld estimates that  more than $379 billion was spent in the  global publishing
industry (including books, newspapers and magazines). We believe that disruptive technological trends
are expanding the role of commercial digital imagery within these industries and driving growth  in the
demand and supply of images.

Disruptive Growth in Demand for Commercial Digital Imagery

Businesses are increasing their use of visual  communications because the tools of communication

and creativity are becoming easier and less expensive to use.  For  example, in the last five years, the
number of public websites has grown  43% annually to more than 670 million, according  to  Netcraft.
We  expect this growth to continue. According to BIA/Kelsey, more than  32% of small  and medium-
sized U.S. businesses, or SMBs, surveyed  do not yet have a website. As technology  continues to
democratize visual communication, we  believe that more  customers will come into the market for
commercial digital imagery.

In addition to growth in the number of customers that  can make use  of  licensed imagery, trends in

the type and frequency of visual communications that customers produce  are driving increased image
demand per customer. For example,  in addition to operating commercial websites, more businesses are
using image-rich digital marketing and communication channels, including email marketing, blogging,
digital video and display advertisements; BIA/Kelsey  estimates  that SMB advertising spend on online
digital media will increase from $5.4  billion in 2010  to  $16.6 billion in 2015, representing a  compound
annual growth rate of 25%. Since commercial digital imagery is one of  several  important  components
of online digital media, we anticipate  that SMBs will increase  their  spend on commercial  digital
imagery as well; the visual and engaging forms of communication  that they will seek to create will
require more images per communication  and more frequent  communications per customer. Given the
growing volume of images necessary to effectively  communicate online, we believe that SMBs will be
particularly likely to prefer efficient and  affordable sources of commercial imagery.

The historical expense and complexity of procuring high-quality imagery once meant that it  was
affordable only for the largest businesses.  A  commissioned shoot often cost  thousands of dollars,  while
traditional pre-shot photos still typically cost hundreds of dollars. Today, the rapidly  increasing
availability of low-cost, commercial-quality digital imagery through online marketplaces is allowing
businesses of all sizes to quickly search for, find, and download affordable visual content  under simple
licensing models. This has made it economically viable  for millions of  SMBs  to  use commercial digital
images for the first time, and allows  larger enterprises and  media  agencies to more  easily and
affordably satisfy their increasing demand  for images.

The growth in image demand for use  in print and  web  communications is  being  compounded by

trends  in mobile and tablet internet browsing.  Just as  traditional broadband penetration  enabled
bandwidth-intensive media like images to become increasingly popular  on  the internet,  so too  will the
spread of mobile broadband drive images  and  video to become increasingly common elements of the
mobile web. Mobile devices are becoming increasingly  visual, with high-resolution  screens and touch
interfaces that are  driving an expectation  of higher quality  and  more visually compelling  mobile
content. As trends in mobile and tablet internet usage  continue to drive demand for  rich visual user
experiences, we believe that there will  be  a  resulting increase in demand for commercial digital
imagery.

6

Disruptive Low-Cost Supply of Commercial Digital Imagery

Over the last several years there has been a  dramatic increase in the number of people equipped
to create high-quality digital imagery.  Only  a few years ago,  the industry for commercial images  relied
on a small group of professionals who owned  expensive equipment and  could afford  to  pay high image
development costs. Now, there are millions of professionals, semi-professionals and hobbyists who are
able to capture, store and display high-quality digital images. With the proliferation of camera phones,
social media and mobile broadband,  people around the  world are becoming  increasingly accustomed to
creating and consuming compelling imagery.

This change is being driven by rapid  technological  advances that are making the tools  of  creative
production affordable to a much larger group of people.  Most  notably, affordable, high-quality digital
cameras and video cameras are rapidly  achieving  mainstream adoption. For example, in  2010 more than
11.2 million digital SLR cameras were sold globally.  Many  were sold for less than  $500, while  the first
digital SLR camera was not available until 1991 and cost  more than  $24,000. These digital cameras
eliminate the marginal cost of image capture, which increases  the number  of  images created per
photographer. The editing and enhancing of digital images is  seeing similar democratization;
high-performance photo and video editing  software is  increasingly  becoming easy and affordable
enough to be used by non-professional photographers  and videographers. In addition,  the growing
availability of broadband internet access around the  world has made it  easier for  professionals and
non-professionals to upload and deliver commercial-quality digital imagery to those  willing  to  pay to
license it.

While substantially all commercial digital photographs  that  are  consumed  today have  been created
using a digital SLR camera, the image  quality produced by smartphone cameras  continues to improve.
As advances in mobile photography continue to be introduced by smartphone manufacturers, we expect
that the number of individuals equipped  to  create commercial digital imagery will  continue to grow.

Increased Importance of Online Marketplaces

With the emergence of millions of new  users and millions of  new  potential contributors,  the global
market for commercial digital imagery  has become increasingly  fragmented in  both supply and demand.
Online  marketplaces for imagery use the  disruptive  power of the internet to enable these highly
fragmented groups to interact with each other  commercially; they encourage  image submissions from
hundreds of thousands of contributors  around the world  and then match the  growing  demand for
commercial images with this increasingly  available supply. The  digital  economics of online marketplaces
enable affordable pricing that allows small and medium-sized  businesses to participate in the market,
and provide existing image buyers an  alternative  to  the expensive and  time-consuming processes  of
working with traditional image agencies or of commissioning custom  images. By  providing easy access
to a wide range of low-cost, high-quality  licensed images,  and at the same  time providing marketing,
distribution and payment services for digital image creators,  online marketplaces are  becoming  the
centerpiece of a new dynamic in the  market for commercial imagery.

Challenges in the Market for Commercial Digital Imagery

Challenges for Users

Even with the advent of websites capable of sourcing and providing commercial digital imagery,  a

large number of challenges remain for  users:

(cid:127) Limited selection. Many websites lack the broad and up-to-date  content collection  required to

satisfy the extensive variety of searches  for digital imagery, themselves a  reflection of the myriad
requirements of business communications across industries and  geographies.

7

(cid:127) Difficulty in finding images quickly. Websites that do have a broad range  of images often lack
sophisticated tagging, search functionality and algorithms  that enable users to find relevant
images efficiently. An increased pace  of  image usage by customers means  that  many users of
commercial imagery are under pressure to find  a greater number of high-quality  images faster.

(cid:127) High price. Traditional image agencies that have migrated online typically charge more than $100
per  high resolution image. Commissioning a custom  image is even more  expensive, often costing
thousands or tens of thousands of dollars.

(cid:127) Complex pricing. On many websites, image prices can  vary  widely depending on criteria  such as
image size, file format, intended use, download frequency and  type of contributor. Furthermore,
many  sites denominate the price of  their images in ‘‘credits’’ rather than cash pricing,  making it
difficult for users to evaluate how much they will  actually pay  for a given image. These
complexities interfere with the creative process, adding an  additional  dimension  beyond image
relevance for users to consider during their image search process.

(cid:127) Lack of commercial quality. Many websites and search engines, particularly those  that host and
display images for free, lack effective  processes to ensure  that images are of  acceptable quality
for use in a commercial setting; in other words,  it can be difficult to find images with adequate
aesthetic value that also have suitable  technical  qualities, including sufficient resolution, focus,
lighting and composition.

(cid:127) Need for appropriate licensing and legal  protection. Complex copyright laws govern the use of
images in a commercial context. Typically, images  that are  available for  free online are not
appropriately licensed for commercial use. Most websites that  host and display images for free
are not able to provide the trusted licensing assurances that come from closely evaluating all
images that they make available. For example, most of  these  websites  do not require a model
release to be uploaded with each image that depicts a person. The need for appropriate image
licensing has become more acute as the  software to identify non-compliant imagery on the
internet has become increasingly sophisticated, facilitating the monitoring of  intellectual property
rights. A growing number of users of commercial imagery require legal protections or
indemnification from their content providers  regarding proper  licensing.

Challenges for Contributors

Creators of commercial digital imagery face  significant obstacles to distributing their images to a

large audience, discovering the kinds of  content that customers demand, and monetizing  their work
efficiently, including:

(cid:127) Limited distribution and marketing reach. Many digital image creators lack the resources  to

promote their content to the millions  of  individuals around the world who  may be willing to pay
for their images. Even if a contributor  posts images  on the web, it is expensive and difficult to
generate meaningful traffic to the contributor’s own  website, especially when  the content that a
single contributor can offer represents a  small fraction of the types of images a user  might need.

(cid:127) Lack of ecommerce capabilities. Many digital image creators lack the resources to establish the
sophisticated, global ecommerce capabilities  necessary to maximize their earnings. This is
particularly true with respect to handling foreign  languages, multiple  currencies, diverse payment
methods, customer support and fraud  prevention.

(cid:127) Cumbersome upload, tagging and approval processes. Contributors want to be able to upload and

tag images quickly, easily and intuitively. Approval  speed can also be important to a contributor,
particularly for newsworthy or time-sensitive imagery.

8

(cid:127) Inadequate feedback, tools and information. Digital image creators want to provide the  content

that users demand, but often lack the proper data,  analytics and  feedback to know what  kind of
content will sell well. Many websites do  not  provide adequate tools or lack sufficient  volume of
user data to be able to help contributors manage their portfolio or improve the commercial
relevance of the images they produce.

(cid:127) Absence of community. As social media and social networks continue  to  evolve, digital image

creators are increasingly seeking specialized online communities where  they can learn from their
peers and take satisfaction in sharing  their work.

The Shutterstock Solution

Key Benefits for Our Users

(cid:127) Millions of high-quality images available for

commercial use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . We  provide a licensable digital content collection

of more than 23 million images and video clips,
one of the largest  libraries of its kind. In  the
twelve months ended December 31, 2012, we
added an average of 1.4 million images per
quarter. We source our content from  over 40,000
approved image contributors in more than 100
countries and provide a broad, non-exclusive
commercial or editorial license allowing customers
to use an image in perpetuity in any geography or
medium.

(cid:127) Superior search results

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . We  consider our proprietary search interface and

algorithms to be intuitive and efficient,  allowing
users with widely ranging search queries to quickly
find the most suitable image for their needs. Our
search algorithms automatically evolve based on
customer usage data such as searches and
downloads to produce more effective  search
results over time. We believe that, with one of the
highest volumes of downloads of commercial
images, we have the data to power the  best search
experience in our industry.

(cid:127) Low  cost of images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Our affordable pricing models enable  users to

download images for as little as $0.28  per  image.
Across our pricing plans, customers pay  an
average of approximately $2.23 per image.  We
believe that our disruptive pricing models increase
the number of businesses that can participate  in
the market for commercial imagery and that they
increase the volume of downloads that  we deliver.

9

(cid:127) Creative freedom through simple pricing . . . . . . . Our subscription-based pricing model makes the

creative process easier. Subscription  users can
download any image in our collection  at any
resolution without worrying about incremental
cost. This provides greater creative freedom and
helps improve their work product. For users who
need fewer images, we offer simple,  affordable,
On Demand pricing, which is presented as a  flat
rate across all images and sizes that we offer.

(cid:127) 100% vetted, commercial-quality images . . . . . . . We are highly focused on maintaining the quality

of the imagery in our collection. Each of our
images has been vetted by a member of our
review team for standards of quality  and
relevance. We also leverage proprietary review
technology to pre-filter images and enhance  the
productivity of our reviewers. Less than 20% of
contributor applicants who applied in 2012 were
approved as contributors to shutterstock.com, and
less than 65% of images uploaded by approved
contributors in 2012 satisfied our rigorous
acceptance requirements.

(cid:127) Appropriately licensed images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . We  provide images that are appropriately licensed

for commercial and editorial use. Our review
process is designed to ensure that every image  is
appropriately licensed for its intended  use. For
example, a model release is required  for all
images that include a person with recognizable
features and a property release is required for
images of certain types of property and public
places with photography policies. The strength  of
our review process enables us to offer $10,000  of
indemnification protection to every customer  to
cover legal costs or damages that may  arise from
their use of a Shutterstock image. In certain cases,
we offer higher indemnification levels through
custom contracts.

10

Key Benefits for Our Contributors

(cid:127) Distribution to the largest, global audience . . . . . . Our global marketplace provides image creators
with access to millions of image users  searching
for imagery to license. Our flagship website
operates globally in fourteen languages, allowing
users around the world to easily search and access
our entire collection of photos and videos online.
In 2012, shutterstock.com received an average  of
more than 10 million monthly unique visitors and
more than 65 million monthly page views
according to comScore Media Metrix, and we
delivered more than 76 million paid downloads.
According to industry surveys, contributors who
have images available on our site typically
generate more income through Shutterstock than
through any other sites with which they are
registered.

(cid:127) Global ecommerce capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Our global ecommerce platform allows us to

process payments from users across the world in
nine currencies, and pay our contributors monthly.
Our users can currently transact on our flagship
website in fourteen languages, and we provide
fraud protection, refunds and other types of
customer support via phone and email on  behalf
of our contributors.

(cid:127) Efficient uploading, tagging and review process . . . Based on user feedback and competitive

benchmarking, we believe that we have the most
efficient upload, tagging and review process of  all
of the major competitors in our industry. We are
committed to continuously finding new and
innovative ways to improve our contributor
interface and to providing short upload and
review times—we typically process images within
72 hours of upload.

(cid:127) Robust feedback, tools and information . . . . . . . We provide valuable tools and insights to  our

contributors. Contributors can monitor download
activity by image and geography as well  as by
self-defined image themes. We also provide data
on search trends, allowing content creators to see
which images and subjects are popular on our site,
and to plan new content themes accordingly.

11

(cid:127) Specialized  community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . We  operate a forum for the photographers,

videographers and illustrators that make up our
contributor community, allowing them to share
tips with one another and to showcase their work.
Our strict acceptance tests for new submissions
provide contributors with a sense of challenge,
accomplishment and exclusivity that makes our
forums more useful and valuable.

Shutterstock’s Competitive Strengths

In addition to the compelling value propositions and  solutions that we offer to users  and

contributors, we believe that the following competitive  advantages  separate  us  from our competitors:

A Leading Global Marketplace with Strong  Network  Effects. Our content collection is currently one

of the largest in the commercial digital imagery industry, with over 23  million  photographs and
illustrations and more than 800,000 video clips,  from more than 40,000 contributors. In 2012,  our
contributors added more than 5 million  new images to shutterstock.com. In the same  twelve month
period, shutterstock.com received an average of more  than 10  million  monthly unique  visitors and  more
than 65 million monthly page views according to comScore Media Metrix.  We believe that the  growth
of our content collection and the growth in our site  traffic support  one another through a strong
network effect—a broader selection of images from  our  contributors attracts more  image users;  this
larger audience of paying users increases the amount spent  in our marketplace and attracts more
content submissions from a greater number of contributors.

Loyal Users Exhibit Strong Recurring Purchase Behavior. Our users have shown strong and
consistent recurring purchase behavior over time. Whether licensing  images on  a subscription or  On
Demand  pricing plan, our user repurchase behavior  provides significant revenue  visibility  and a  stable
foundation of predictable revenue. On average over the last four  years,  all  customers  who generate
revenue in a given year generate an equal amount in the subsequent year,  providing us  with roughly
100% revenue retention from one year to the next.

Extensive Data and Superior Search. Since 2003, our users have executed hundreds of  millions of
searches and made more than 250 million paid  image  downloads from our content collection. In 2012,
we delivered more than 76 million paid  downloads  (including both  commercial  and editorial images) to
our  customers. We believe that we delivered  the highest volume of commercial  image downloads in  this
period of any single brand in our industry.  This high volume of data, including data about  the searches
and downloads that our users execute, enables  us to continuously improve  our  search algorithms.
Furthermore, unlike the significant majority  of  images available  for  free online, each image  in our
collection is tagged by its contributor  with  approximately 30 relevant  keywords. Currently, the
Shutterstock collection contains more than 800 million contributor-generated  image tags.  This
behavioral and keyword data, along with our investments in  technology and our  many years of
experience in developing search algorithms designed  specifically for the commercial digital imagery
industry, increase the chances that our users find the  image they require. We believe  that  a successful
search experience  is a critical determinant of customer satisfaction, and that our success  in this area
attracts more users to our websites.

Simple, Flexible and Low-Cost Pricing. Since inception, we have aimed to deliver exceptional value

to our users through simple and flexible pricing options. Our customers’ average cost per  image was
approximately $2.23 during fiscal year 2012. We were a pioneer of the subscription-based payment model
in our industry.  Subscription plans generate an important sense of creative  freedom  for our professional
users, enabling them to try out multiple images without concern for the incremental cost of each
download.  Additionally, we offer simple and cost-effective On Demand purchase  options for  less frequent

12

users. The simplicity and affordability of these plans have allowed us to broaden our  existing and
potential  user base. These pricing models also benefit our contributors due to the high volume of  paid
downloads we are able to generate on their behalf. According to industry surveys, our contributors
typically generate more income from their work through Shutterstock than through any  other image
provider.

Trusted, Actively Managed Marketplace. We are committed to providing a trusted  online

marketplace for appropriately licensed, high-quality  commercial imagery.  Our rigorous review process
for new  images ensures the integrity  and  quality of content in  our collection. Each image is individually
examined by our team of trained reviewers to meet our high standards of quality and commercial
viability. This review process is designed to minimize  the legal risk to our users from  inappropriately
licensed imagery. As a result of the significant investment  we make  in our review processes,  we are  able
to provide indemnification protection  that covers up to $10,000 should any legal  costs or direct
damages for claims arise from the use  of  an image or footage clip licensed through Shutterstock. In
some cases, we offer even higher or unlimited levels of indemnification through custom contracts.  We
offer indemnification as a signal to our customers that they can trust  the quality and licensability of
content available through our marketplace; this sets us  apart from many competitors  and free sources
of imagery.

Shutterstock’s Growth Strategies

Acquire More Users and Contributors. We believe that there is a significant  opportunity to grow
our  marketplace by increasing awareness of our brand  and value proposition. For example, as  of  our
last comprehensive customer survey, more than  70% of our customers work at  companies with  20
employees or fewer; however, our active user  base  of U.S.  SMBs  currently represents less than 1% of
the approximately 24 million SMBs that BIA/Kelsey  estimates exist in  the United  States  alone.  We view
this  as a marketing opportunity. Much  of  our  growth to date has  been driven  by  word of mouth
recommendations. We plan to continue to foster word  of mouth by  continuing to grow our collection
and deliver exceptional service. Additionally,  we expect to increase  our investments in  online  and
offline marketing to help raise awareness in our core customer community as well  as in additional
market segments and geographies. In parallel, we intend to  grow the depth and  breadth of our content
collection by increasing awareness among  potential contributors of the  opportunity to share their
creative work with a broader audience  and  generate income  through Shutterstock.

Lead Innovation in User and Contributor Experience. We intend to build on our market-leading

position by providing the best online  experience  for digital image users and contributors. With one of
the largest collections of images in the industry, and one of the highest volumes of commercial image
downloads, we believe that we have more  information on  marketplace and user needs than any  of our
competitors. We intend to use this advantage to continue to improve the quality of our search
algorithms and user experience. We also  plan  to  enhance the  tools  we offer contributors to help them
establish their portfolio on our site, track  their  performance and explore opportunities to create content
that customers need. We plan to continue to improve  the speed and usefulness  of feedback that we
provide contributors on the images that they submit, and facilitate new ways for them to participate  in
an engaged community of their peers. Lastly, we  intend to roll out  new product offerings and product
extensions that we believe will create deeper  relationships  with our core communities and attract new
users to our sites.

Increase Localization. We are a global company, with contributors  and  users in more than  100

countries and a website that is available  in  fourteen languages. We  plan to deepen our global
penetration among users and contributors by improving the quality of the Shutterstock experience
regardless of language or location. For example, we  intend to increase the number of  languages,
currencies and payment methods that  we support  in  order to serve  an even larger global user base.

13

Furthermore, we plan to improve the quality of non-English  searches by increasing the sophistication
with which we handle non-English image tagging and search ranking.  Finally, there  is significant  unmet
demand for localized content, such as  images with locally relevant themes, customs, objects and
ethnicities. We plan to increase the geographical diversity  of our  contributor  community so that we  can
provide the images demanded by our  increasingly global user  base.

Increase Our Penetration of Media Agencies and  Large Enterprises. To  date, the majority of our
revenue has been generated from SMBs  purchasing online, many  of  whom  did not previously have
access to low-cost commercial digital  imagery. As of our  last  comprehensive customer survey, conducted
in June  2011, less than 10% of our customers worked at  companies with  more than  500 employees.
Furthermore, in 2012, less than 10%  of our revenue was generated through our direct  sales
organization, which focuses on sales to media agencies and  large enterprises. We  believe that we  have a
strong value proposition for media agencies and large enterprises, which account for a significant
portion of the existing market for commercial digital imagery.  These  companies have historically
purchased commercial imagery via sales-driven relationships and are used to complex licensing, limited
image libraries and high prices. While  our  sales  and support organization has historically  been focused
primarily on inbound customer communications,  we are  working  to  increase our revenue  from media
agencies and large enterprises through  a direct sales approach and by offering tailored purchase
options. We recently began building a direct  sales team and distinctive  offerings to target media
agencies and large enterprises. We plan  to  expand  our efforts in this area. This team represented less
than 10% of our staff as of December 31,  2012.

Pursue  Emerging Content Types. Alternative content types such as video footage  represent
significant opportunities for growth. According to MagnaGlobal, global online video advertising
spending is expected to increase 27%  annually  from $3.1 billion in 2010  to  $10.2 billion in 2015. Video
has become a mainstream online activity  globally, and  is forecasted to expand to 62% of  all  consumer
internet traffic by 2015, according to  Cisco’s  Visual Networking Index. As  user demand is  increasing,
the cost for contributors to create and  produce  professional video  content is  becoming increasingly
affordable, most notably due to digital  SLR  cameras that include HD video capabilities. Given the
convergence of photography and video tools, we believe that our network effects in  still image  licensing
will help propel our efforts in the video  market.  In addition to video, we  see  opportunities in other
emerging digital content areas that may  be relevant to our customers.

Products

We  provide licensed content that our users purchase to enhance their  visual communications. Our

content collection is currently one of the largest in  the commercial digital imagery  industry,  with over
23 million images. We offer a variety of content types, including photography, illustrations, vector art
and video footage. Users can search our  collection and preview watermarked versions of our content at
no cost. They can then pay to license and  download  the images they need, either on a subscription
basis or on a per-download basis. Shutterstock images are provided under a royalty-free  non-exclusive
license and, as an assurance of the integrity  of our content, users  are  generally covered  by  up to
$10,000 in indemnification protection  against any legal  costs or  damages that may arise from the
licensed use of our images. Each image is available for high-resolution digital download and has  been
vetted by our team of reviewers to ensure that it  meets our standards of quality and can be
appropriately licensed for commercial or editorial use.

Photographs. We offer high quality photographs that cover a wide variety of subjects,  including
animals/wildlife, the arts, backgrounds/textures, beauty/fashion,  buildings/landmarks, business/finance,
celebrities, education, food and drink,  healthcare/medical, holidays, nature, objects, people, religion,
science, sports/recreation, technology and transportation. The  significant majority  of our  photography
collection is made up of creative images that  can be used in  both  commercial and  editorial contexts.

14

Images that are marked as editorial-only, such  as photographs  of celebrities  and newsworthy  events,
which  constitute fewer than 10% of our total  images, cannot be used to promote  a product or  service;
instead these images are licensed for  use in editorial  settings such  as newspapers, blogs  and magazines.
Photographs are available in a variety  of sizes  including small  files that  are appropriate for  mobile
browsing and large files appropriate for  large format prints and high-resolution displays.  Currently,
photographs make up approximately  70%  of our collection.

Illustrations and Vector Art.

In addition to photographic images, we also  offer images that have

been created using illustration tools and software. These images are made  up of two types:  illustrations
(raster graphics) and vector art (vector graphics). Raster graphics are stored as  a fixed set of pixels,
whereas vector graphics are stored using  geometric modeling. Since vectors are described using
geometric data instead of fixed pixels,  vectors  can be scaled to any size without loss of resolution or
quality. Currently, illustrations and vector  art make up approximately 27% of  our collection.

Video Footage. For users engaged in producing video advertisements, commercial motion pictures,

television programming, video games, interactive applications and other video-based media, we also
provide video footage. Footage clips are available in a variety of  formats and sizes, including  High
Definition (HD). Currently, our video  footage collection  contains more than 800,000 video clips and
makes up approximately 3% of our collection.

Purchase Options

We  strive to offer simple, straightforward purchase options that remove complexity from a

customer’s workflow. We currently offer  the following options:

Subscription: Our signature and highest grossing purchase option is our 25-a-day subscription.
This purchase option allows a user to download up to a  total of 25 photos,  vectors or illustrations per
day under our Standard License, regardless of  image size.  Subscription  customers can download and
experiment with multiple images at no extra cost, which removes  friction from their creative process.
Subscriptions can be purchased in 30 day, 90 day, 180 day and 365  day increments and are paid in
advance. This purchase option currently  represents  approximately 50% of our  revenue.

On Demand: Customers can also buy images in fixed  packages. For  example, we offer On

Demand packages that include 1 image,  5 images or  25 images under our Standard  License. We charge
the same price for illustrations and vectors as we do  for photographs  and  do not charge  more for  a full
resolution image than a small image.  This offers customers the  simplicity of being able to license  any
size of any still image in our collectioncollection  for the same price.  Once  a customer  purchases images
On Demand from us, he or she has up to one year  to  download those images before they  expire. While
the vast majority of On Demand revenue  comes  from our Standard License packages, other forms  of
On Demand purchases include Enhanced Licenses (for customers who  need  broader licensing  rights
than  are  offered under our Standard License) and images licensed  through Bigstock. Together, all of
our  On  Demand  purchase  options  currently  represent  approximately  40%  of  revenue.

Other Purchase Options: We provide a number of other purchase options which together represent

approximately 10% of our revenue. These purchase options include custom accounts (for customers
that need multi-seat access, invoicing,  unlimited indemnification or a  higher volume of images) and
video footage (which are sold individually and  in  fixed  packages).

Users

We  serve a wide variety of companies across numerous industries, organizational sizes and
geographies. As of December 31, 2012,  our customer database contained more than 3 million user
accounts. Of these, more than 750,000 users contributed to revenue in 2012. Due to our large number
of customers and the way that our products are sold, we  do not have any material customer

15

concentration; our largest single customer made up less than  2% of revenue in 2012.  Our users  tend to
fit into three categories: businesses, marketing  agencies and media organizations.

Businesses. Business customers require high-quality, commercially-licensed  digital  imagery for a
wide range of communication materials. Such communication materials may be intended  for internal or
external  use and include websites, print  and digital advertisements,  annual  reports, brochures,  employee
communications, newsletters, email marketing  campaigns and  presentations.  Shutterstock’s business
users range from sole proprietors to Fortune 500  companies.

Marketing Agencies. Marketing agencies require high-quality,  commercially-licensed  digital  imagery

to incorporate in the work they produce for  their  clients’ business communications. Whether providing
graphic design, web design, interactive  design, advertising, public relations, communications or
marketing services, Shutterstock’s marketing users range from independent freelancers to the largest
global  agencies.

Media Organizations. Media professionals require high-quality, commercially-licensed  digital
imagery to incorporate in the content they produce, including newspapers, books,  magazines,  digital
publications, television and film. They  also  require high quality images to market their products
effectively. Shutterstock’s media users  range from independent bloggers to multi-national  publishing
and broadcast organizations.

Content Contributors and Content Review Process

The content we provide to our users  is created by a community of contributors from around the

world and is vetted by our specialized team of image  and video  reviewers. Whether  photographers,
videographers, illustrators or designers, our community of  more than  40,000 approved  contributors
range from part-time enthusiasts to full-time professionals, and all of  them must meet high standards in
order to work with Shutterstock.

In order to become a contributor, an individual must submit an application that includes  a

portfolio of images or videos. Of more  than 495,000 contributor accounts that have been  created,
approximately 45,000 contributors have been approved.  Once accepted by Shutterstock’s review  team,
contributors can upload as many images as they  would like; however, every  submitted image is reviewed
and either accepted or rejected by our  team to ensure that images in our collection meet  certain
standards of aesthetic and technical quality. Approximately  43 million images have  been submitted  to
our  review team by approved contributors and, of those, only  23 million, or approximately 50%,  were
approved and made available in our  marketplace. Each image that is  rejected by our review  team is
tagged with at least one rejection reason  that is communicated to the submitting contributor to help
him or her to improve and to give insight  into our review standards. Such  rejection reasons include
focus, composition, poor lighting, trademark  infringement and limited commercial value. We  combine
proprietary technology and highly trained content review staff to deliver sophisticated yet  efficient
image review—we typically process images  within 72  hours  of  upload.

Contributors are required to associate keywords with each image they submit in  order to make
their images more easily found using our search algorithms. Keywords  usually contain  both  descriptive
terms that literally identify the content of an image (e.g.,  ‘‘padlock’’) and  conceptual  terms that
describe what an image might convey  (e.g., ‘‘security’’). We have over  800 million contributor generated
keywords in our database with approximately 30  keywords per image.

All images accepted into our collection  are added to our website where  they  are available for
search, selection, license and download.  Contributors are paid monthly based on how many times their
images have been licensed in the previous month.  Contributors may choose to remove their images
from our collection at any time. Due to our large number of  contributors,  we do not have  any material
content supply concentration; the content contributed by our five highest-earning contributors was
together responsible for less than 4%  of  downloads in  2012.

16

Shutterstock provides different earnings  structures  for photographs, illustrations  and vector art,  and

for video footage:

Photographs, Illustrations and Vector Art. Contributors of photographs, illustrations and  vector art
are paid based on the number of times that  their  images have been  licensed and  downloaded. The vast
majority of image downloads are licensed  under our Standard License. The amount that a contributor
of a photograph or vector receives per  Standard  License  typically ranges from  $0.25 per image
downloaded to $5.70 per image downloaded. The exact amount is  determined  by  our  published
earnings schedule and depends on the  lifetime earnings  of the contributor on our website  and the
purchase option under which an image was  licensed.  When images are licensed under  our Enhanced
License, the contributor of that image earns $28.00 per image downloaded. When images  are licensed
under other purchase options or license types,  contributors earn between  20% and  30% of the sale
price of each image based on his or  her lifetime  earnings as a contributor.

Video Footage. Contributors of video footage are also paid based  on the  number of times that
their video clips have been licensed and  downloaded. When a video clip is downloaded  the contributor
is typically paid 30% of the sale price with certain minimum amounts per download.

Technology and Infrastructure

Our business is built on a foundation of technology and all of our products and services are made

possible by the proprietary technology and robust infrastructure that we have developed. We believe
that delivering intuitive, fast and effective user  experiences, supported by robust and scalable
technology platforms, is critical to our success.

We  employ technology to support both our  public  facing websites and  our  back-office systems. We

use a combination of proprietary technologies  and commercially available  licensed technologies,
including open source software. We focus  our  internal development  efforts on creating and  enhancing
the specialized proprietary software that  is unique to our business and we leverage commercially
available and open source technologies  for our more generalized needs.

Our customer-facing software enables users  to  search  millions of digital images and then select,
organize, pay for, license and  download the images  that they would like to use. Our proprietary search
algorithms evolve automatically based on  behavioral data, which means that each search and download
that a user performs on our website gives our  search  engine more  information with which to improve.
Having delivered over 280 million paid downloads since 2003, the data  that we have collected and the
search technology that it powers are  an important  and  proprietary asset. We have  also invested in
making our ecommerce platform a global one, allowing customers to search and make  purchases in
fourteen languages and eight currencies.

Our contributor-facing software enables users  to  apply to become a contributor,  upload  and tag

images and videos, receive feedback  on their submissions  from our review team, see reports  on
earnings and payouts, and participate  in online discussion forums with other contributors. We have also
developed proprietary tools to help our  contributors improve their craft, including our Keyword Trends
Tool that allows contributors to see what terms  customers are searching for and how those search  terms
are trending over time. This tool allows  contributors to anticipate demand and generate images that
customers will want to license, and is  another example  of  how we combine software and  large-scale
proprietary datasets to deliver value to our  users.

Our internal software enables the technological  and  business processes necessary to deliver a
superior experience for customers and  contributors. This includes a content  review system that allows
our  review team to efficiently and accurately review every single image that is made available on our
websites. It also includes applications  that enable customer  and contributor  support, intellectual
property rights and license tracking, centralized invoicing  and sales order processing, customer database

17

management, language translation, global contributor payouts, compliance, finance  and accounting
functions.

Our systems infrastructure is hosted by industry-leading  third-party hosting providers that offer
24-hour monitoring, high-speed network access, auxiliary power  generators and  back-up systems. We
maintain multiple production datacenters to provide rapid  content delivery to our customers and also
to support business continuity in the event of an emergency. We also use  content delivery network
solutions to ensure fast access to our content  around the world. Network,  website, service and
hardware-level monitoring, coupled with  remote-content monitoring, allow our systems  to  maintain  a
high level of uptime and availability with high-performance delivery.

Our development teams employ Agile  Development  methodologies to increase the  speed and
effectiveness of our technology efforts; we focus on  iterative and incremental development processes
through which cross-functional teams release software code nearly every  day and  manage their  own
progress in two-week cycles known as  ‘‘sprints.’’  We view  our investments in technology as being core to
our  long-term success and we intend  to  continue to investigate, develop  and make capital  investments
in technology and operational systems that  support  our  current business and new  areas of potential
business expansion.

Brands

Shutterstock is our flagship brand and  the significant majority of our  revenues are  generated via

shutterstock.com. We also operate a business called Bigstock which Shutterstock  acquired in 2009. We
have maintained these as separate brands  in order to allow us to target two different customer
segments. While Shutterstock generates the majority of its revenue  from higher-volume  image users
and subscription-based pricing models, Bigstock focuses on the needs of lower-volume,  more cost
conscious image users. Shutterstock’s image collection currently  contains more than 23 million images.
This figure does not include Bigstock’s  image collection  which contains more than  13 million images,
many  of which are also available through Shutterstock.

Marketing

We  reach new customers through a diverse set  of  marketing channels including paid search, online

display  advertising, print advertising,  tradeshows, email  marketing,  direct mail, affiliate marketing,
public relations, social media and partnerships. Marketing activities aim to raise awareness  of  our
brands and attract paying users to our  websites by  promoting  the key value  propositions of our
offerings: diverse and high quality content, intuitive and efficient interfaces  and market-leading  value.

In addition to generating more revenue, the resources we devote to marketing help us generate
more earnings for our contributors. This  helps  attract more content,  which in  turn  helps us convert and
retain even more paying users. Furthermore, the high degree of satisfaction that users  have with our
product  drives word of mouth recommendations,  which helps our marketing efforts  attract an even
broader audience than we reach directly. In  these ways, we  believe our marketing efforts have a
self-reinforcing effect which powers the  growth  and success of our marketplace.

Sales and Customer Support

The significant majority of our revenue is generated  via self-serve ecommerce. We encourage  our
users to take advantage of the comprehensive search capabilities of our websites, our credit-card-based
payment options and the immediate digital delivery  of  licensed images. We believe the  ability to search
for, select, license and download content  over the internet offers our users convenience and  speed, and
enables us to achieve greater economies of scale.

18

Direct  communication with our customers, however,  remains a significant component of our
customer support and sales strategy.  Our  customer support  and sales team, which is headquartered in
New York City, is available to assist users via  email and by  phone in  ten languages. In addition to
handling inbound customer support and  sales inquiries, we  also reach out  proactively to potential  high
volume customers  and offer them custom  accounts to meet  their needs. Outbound sales activities
currently contribute a small but growing  percentage of  Shutterstock’s overall  revenue.

Product  Rights and Intellectual Property

Product Rights and Indemnification. All of the images that Shutterstock makes available to users

are offered under a royalty-free license. This means that once  a customer  has purchased  an image
license, that customer can use the associated image in  accordance with  the license  terms in perpetuity
without having to pay any ongoing royalties. Typically, the image license  is non-exclusive, meaning  that
multiple customers can license the same  image. Furthermore, we do not require that contributors of
content to our sites provide their content to us on  an exclusive basis.

Shutterstock represents to its users that unaltered  images downloaded  and used in  compliance with

our  websites’ terms of service and applicable law will  not infringe any copyright,  trademark  or other
intellectual property right, nor will such  unaltered images violate any third parties’ rights of privacy  or
publicity, violate any U.S. law, be defamatory or  libelous, or  be  pornographic or obscene.  Furthermore,
provided that a user has not breached Shutterstock’s  license agreement,  Shutterstock  agrees  to  defend,
indemnify, and hold users harmless from liability for  damages up  to  $10,000 per user.  We also  offer
some of our customers custom contracts  with either  larger indemnification amounts or unlimited
indemnification. Such indemnification  applies to claims for damages directly  attributable to
Shutterstock’s breach of the foregoing  representations, and includes expenses  arising  out of any actual
or threatened lawsuit, claim, or legal proceeding alleging  that the possession, distribution,  or use of
images downloaded and used by users pursuant to our terms of service violate Shutterstock’s
representations. To date, Shutterstock  has  not incurred any material financial costs as a result  of  this
indemnification. Since 2009, we have received approximately  30 customer claims for indemnification,
and following investigation of such claims,  less  than one-third  resulted in  our making a cash payment to
settle such intellectual property disputes. Aggregate amounts  paid  to  date to settle customer
indemnification claims have not been  material. No claims for  indemnification have been asserted by any
customer with unlimited indemnification protection.  We maintain commercially reasonable insurance  to
protect against the costs of intellectual property litigation.

Intellectual Property. We protect our intellectual property  through a  combination of patents,

trademarks and domain name registrations, copyrights and  trade  secrets.

We  own numerous trademarks that are  important  to  our  business. Our trademarks registered in

the United States and several other jurisdictions include: ‘‘Shutterstock,’’  ‘‘Bigstock,’’ and the
Shutterstock logo. We will pursue additional trademark  registrations to the extent  that  we create any
additional registrable trademarks or logos. We are the registered holder of  a variety  of  domestic  and
international domain names that include ‘‘Shutterstock,’’ ‘‘Bigstock’’ and multiple  variations  thereof.  We
have successfully recovered infringing domain names in  the past and will  continue to enforce our rights
in the future.

In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual  property rights, we enter  into
confidentiality and proprietary rights  agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors,  and
vendors. Our employees and certain  contractors are also subject to nondisclosure agreements
containing an intellectual property assignment provision.  In this way, we have historically chosen  to
protect our software and other technological  intellectual  property  as trade secrets. We further  control
the use of our proprietary technology and  intellectual  property  through provisions in our websites’
terms of use.

19

Competition

The market for commercial digital imagery is  highly competitive.  We  believe that the principal

competitive factors are:

(cid:127) the quality, relevance and breadth of the images in a company’s  collections;

(cid:127) the accessibility of imagery, in the form of the  speed and ease of search and fulfillment;

(cid:127) effective use of current and emerging  marketing  channels;

(cid:127) effective use of current and emerging  technology;

(cid:127) pricing and licensing models, policies and practices;

(cid:127) brand name recognition;

(cid:127) company reputation;

(cid:127) customer service and customer relationships;

(cid:127) security, reliability and data protection; and

(cid:127) the global nature of a company’s interfaces and marketing efforts, including local  languages,

currencies, and payment methods.

Some of  our current and potential significant competitors include:

(cid:127) other online marketplaces for imagery such as iStockphoto, Fotolia, and Dreamstime;

(cid:127) traditional stock content providers such as Getty Images and Corbis Corporation;

(cid:127) specialized visual content companies that are  established in local,  content or product-specific

market segments such as Reuters Group PLC, the Associated Press, and T3Media;

(cid:127) websites focused on image search and discovery such  as Google Images;

(cid:127) websites for image hosting, art and related  products such  as Flickr;

(cid:127) social networking and social media  services  such as  Facebook;  and

(cid:127) commissioned photographers and photography agencies.

Lastly, we compete with the alternative of creating  one’s own imagery  or choosing not to consume

licensed images because it is too expensive or because one is not aware of how  to  do  so.

Government Regulation

The legal environment of the internet is evolving rapidly in  the United  States and elsewhere. The

development of new laws and regulations,  the  manner  in which  existing laws and regulations will be
applied  to the internet in general, and  how the  foregoing will relate  to  our business in  particular,  is
unclear in many cases. For example, there is uncertainty  regarding how laws  and regulations will apply
in the online context and to different  business  models,  including with respect to such topics as privacy,
data management  and protection, defamation, e-commerce, pricing,  credit card fraud,  advertising,
taxation, sweepstakes, promotions, subscription-based billing, content regulation, quality  of  products and
services, outsourcing, and intellectual property ownership and  infringement, among others.

20

Numerous laws have been adopted at the national  and  state level in the United States that could
have an impact on online commerce  generally and on  our business. These laws include, for example,
the following:

(cid:127) The Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited  Pornography  and Marketing Act of 2003 and

similar laws adopted by a number of states-regulate the format, functionality and distribution of
commercial solicitation e-mails, create criminal penalties for unmarked sexually-oriented
material, and control other online marketing practices.

(cid:127) The Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and the Prosecutorial Remedies  and Other Tools

to End Exploitation of Children Today Act of 2003  regulate the  collection or use of information,
and restrict the distribution of certain materials, as  related to certain protected age  groups. In
addition, the Protection of Children From  Sexual  Predators Act of 1998  provides for reporting
and other obligations by online service providers in the  area of child  pornography.

(cid:127) Many states have adopted, and other  states are expected  to  enact, statutes that require

companies to report certain breaches of the  security of personal datato affected individuals, to
regulatory agencies, to law enforcement  officials  and  to  other third  parties. Federal legislation
has also been proposed for national standards  and procedures governing  data  breach
management.

(cid:127) Federal and state rules and regulations  also govern online service providers’  data  collection and
use policies and practices, including with respect to the disclosure of  consumer data to third
parties such as direct marketers.

Given the broad spectrum of legal and  regulatory uncertainties, we expect  new laws and

regulations to be adopted over time that are likely to be-applicable  to  the internet and  to  our  activities.
Any existing or new legislation applicable  to Shutterstock could expose  us  to  substantial liability,
including significant expenses necessary  to  comply with  such laws and  regulations,  to  respond to
regulatory inquiries or investigations,  and to defend individual  or  class  litigation.  These events could
dampen growth in the use of the internet  in general, and cause Shutterstock to divert significant
resources and funds to addressing these  issues,  and  possibly require us to  change  our  business  practices.

We  post privacy policies on our websites  concerning our data collection  and use practices.

Allegations that our policy disclosures  are  inadequate or that we have failed  to  comply with our posted
privacy policies, or otherwise violated  Federal Trade Commission requirements or other  privacy-related
laws and regulations, could result in proceedings by  governmental or regulatory bodies or private
parties that could potentially harm our business,  results of operations  and financial condition. In
addition, there is a risk that privacy and  data protection laws may be interpreted and applied differently
in certain jurisdictions, in ways that are  not consistent  with our current practices, which  could  also
potentially harm our business, results of operations and  financial  condition. In this regard, there  are a
large number of legislative and regulatory proposals  before the United States  Congress, various  state
legislative bodies, and government agencies regarding privacy and  other consumer  issues that may  affect
our  business. It is not possible to predict  whether  or when  such rules and regulations  may be adopted,
and certain proposals, if adopted, could  harm our business by,  among other things, decreasing user
registrations and revenues, increasing  the cost of compliance, impeding the  development of new
products or services, and limiting potential sources of revenue such as  online  advertising.  These
decreases could be caused by, among  other  possible provisions,  the required display  of specific
disclaimers, requirements to obtain consent from  users for  certain activities,  or other requirements
before users can utilize our services. In  addition, we may be subject to claims of liability or
responsibility for the actions of third  parties with  whom we interact or upon whom we rely in  relation
to various services, including but not  limited  to  vendors  and business partners. These third parties may
be vulnerable to threats such as computer hacking, cyber-terrorism or  other  unauthorized attempts by

21

access, modify or delete our or our customers’ information or business asserts that they service or
maintain on our behalf.

In addition, various non-U.S. jurisdictions impose laws and regulations regarding a broad spectrum
of privacy, data management and other  matters related  to  online  businesses and e-commerce. Non-U.S.
laws and regulations are often more restrictive than those  in the United States. Due to the global
nature of the internet, it is possible that the governments  of other states and  countries might attempt
to regulate our online activities such  as digital transmissions, or  to  prosecute us for  alleged violations of
their laws. We might unintentionally  violate such laws; such laws or their interpretation  or application
may be modified; and new laws may  be  enacted  in the future. Any  such developments could harm our
business, operating results and financial  condition.  We may be subject  to  legal liability for  our online
services. The law relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities  of their  users is
currently unsettled both within the United States and abroad. Claims may also be threatened  against us
for aiding and abetting, defamation,  negligence,  copyright  or trademark infringement, or  other reasons
based on the nature and content of information that we  collect  or  use, or  to  or from which  we provide
links or that may be posted online.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we employed 237 full-time employees, including 76 engaged in research
and development, 106 engaged in sales,  marketing and support, 16 engaged in  content operations, and
39 engaged in general and administrative functions. Of these employees, 226 were  located  in the
United States, primarily in New York,  New York. In  addition to our  full-time employees, we also
employ the services of a number of contractors, including  52 contractors  focused on  content review as
of December 31, 2012. Of these contractors, 29 contractors were located in  the United States,  and 23
were located outside of the United States,  primarily in Canada and Europe.  None of our employees  is
represented by a labor union, and we consider our  company  culture and employee  relations  to  be
strong.

Segments and Geographic Areas

Information about segment and geographic revenue is set forth in  Note 1  of  the Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in  Part II,  Item  8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
For a  discussion of the risks attendant  to  foreign operations,  see the information in Part  I, Item  1A of
this  Annual Report on Form 10-K under  the heading ‘‘Risk Factors’’ under the caption ‘‘Continuing
expansion into international markets  is  important for our growth,  and  as we continue to expand
internationally, we face additional business, political,  regulatory, operational, financial and  economic
risks, any of which could increase our  costs or otherwise limit our  growth.’’ For a discussion  of revenue,
net income and total assets, see Part II, Item 8 of  this Annual  Report  on Form 10-K.

Seasonality

Our operating results may fluctuate from  quarter  to  quarter as a result of a variety of factors. Our

results may reflect the effects of some seasonal trends  in customer behavior. For example, we expect
usage to decrease during the fourth quarter of each calendar year due  to the  year-end holiday  season,
and to increase in the first quarter of  each calendar year as  many  customers  return to work. While we
believe these  seasonal trends have affected and will continue  to  affect our quarterly results, our
trajectory of rapid growth may have  overshadowed  these effects  to  date. Additionally, because a
significant portion of our revenue is derived from repeat customers  who have purchased subscription
plans, our revenues tend to be smoother and less  volatile than if we  had no subscription-based
customers.

22

Available  Information

Our principal office is located at 60 Broad Street,  30th Floor, New York,  New York  10004, and  our

telephone number is (646) 419-4452.  Our Internet  address is www.shutterstock.com. Our  investor
relations website is located at http://investor.shutterstock.com. We make available free of  charge on our
investor relations website under the heading  ‘‘Financial Information’’  our  Annual Reports on
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q,  Current Reports  on Form 8-K and amendments to those
reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed  with (or furnished
to) the SEC. Information contained on our websites is  not  incorporated  by reference into this Annual
Report on Form 10-K. In addition, the public may read  and  copy materials we file with the SEC at the
SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100  F  Street,  NE, Washington,  DC  20549. The public may  obtain
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by  calling the SEC  at 1-800-SEC-0330. In
addition, the SEC maintains an Internet  site, www.sec.gov, that includes filings of and information
about issuers that file electronically with  the SEC.

Corporate History

After launching our marketplace in 2003, we organized  in the State of New York  as

Shutterstock, Inc. in December 2004,  and we became Shutterstock Images LLC in June 2007.  On
October 5, 2012, we reorganized from  Shutterstock Images LLC, a New York limited liability company,
or the LLC, to Shutterstock, Inc., a Delaware  corporation, which we refer to as the  ‘‘Reorganization.’’
We  completed our initial public offering, or IPO, in October 2012, and our common stock is listed  on
the New York Stock Exchange under  the  symbol ‘‘SSTK.’’.

23

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Investing in our common stock involves  a high degree  of risk.  You should  carefully consider the  risks

and uncertainties described below, together with the financial  and other information  contained in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock.  If any of
the following risks or the risks described  elsewhere  in  this Annual Report on  Form 10-K,  including in the
section  entitled ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,’’
actually occur, our business, financial  condition,  operating results, cash flow and  prospects could be
materially adversely affected. This could  cause the  trading price of our  common stock to decline,  and you
may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

The success of our business depends on our  ability  to continue  to  attract customers and contributors  to our
online  marketplace for commercial digital imagery.

The success of our business and our future growth depends significantly on our ability to continue
to attract and retain new customers and  contributors to our online marketplace for commercial digital
imagery. To maintain and increase our  revenue,  we must regularly add new customers and  retain our
existing customers. An increase in paying  customers has  generally  attracted more  images from
contributors, which increases our content selection  and  in turn attracts  additional paying customers. To
attract new customers and contributors and retain existing  customers and contributors, we rely heavily
on the effectiveness of our marketing  efforts, the size and content of our image collection  and the
functionality and features of our marketplace.  Our marketing efforts  may be unsuccessful, our image
collection may fail to grow as anticipated and new technologies may render  the systems  and features of
our  marketplace obsolete, any of which  would adversely affect our results  of  operations  and future
growth prospects.

Our business depends in large part on  repeat  customer purchases from both our subscription-based and  our
On Demand purchase options. If customers  reduce  or cease their spending  with us, or if content  contributors
reduce or end their participation in our  marketplace,  our  business  will  be harmed.

The majority of our revenue is derived from  customers who  have purchased  with us in  the past. As

a result, our future performance largely depends on our  ability  to  motivate  our  customers to continue
to purchase from us. A key factor in  creating such an  incentive  is our ability to provide customers with
the images they seek and to refresh and grow our collection of digital imagery based on current  and
future trends. We seek to achieve these  goals  by attracting new contributors to our marketplace and  by
retaining our existing contributors. If  we are unable to attract new contributors,  retain existing
contributors or add new imagery to our  online  marketplace,  or if we fail to do  so in  a timely manner,
customers requiring new and up-to-date content  may reduce  their  spending with us. Another key factor
in retaining our existing customers is  our ability  to  deliver  a user experience that continues to meet
customers’ needs, including the quality and accuracy  of our  search algorithms. If we are unable  to
maintain or improve upon the user experience  that  we deliver  customers  in a  way that motivates our
customers to continue to purchase from  us,  our  business would  be  harmed. Furthermore, although
historically the gross margins and revenue retention rates from our subscription-based and our On
Demand  purchase options have been substantially similar, there can be no  assurance that this will
continue in future periods. To the extent that  revenue from our  On Demand purchases continues to
increase as a percentage of our total  revenue,  we will become more dependent  upon such purchase
options.

24

We operate in a new and rapidly changing market, which  makes  it difficult to evaluate our future prospects
and may  increase the risk that we will not be successful.

The market for commercial digital imagery is  a relatively new  and rapidly changing market that
may not develop as expected. Our business strategy and projections rely on  a number  of assumptions
about the market for commercial digital  imagery, including the size and projected growth  of the market
over the next several years. Some or  all of these assumptions may be incorrect. The market for  online
commercial digital imagery may not develop  as we  expect or  as third party analysts have  forecasted  or
we may fail to address the needs of this market.

The limited history of the market in  which  we operate makes it difficult  to effectively assess our

future prospects, and you should consider our business  and prospects in light of the risks and
difficulties we encounter in this evolving market. These risks  and difficulties include  our  ability  to:

(cid:127) attract new customers and retain existing  customers;

(cid:127) offer customers the kinds of images they are seeking;

(cid:127) successfully compete with other companies that are currently in, or  may  in the future enter, the

commercial digital imagery marketplace;

(cid:127) protect against the misuse of our imagery;

(cid:127) raise awareness of our online community and brand name;

(cid:127) successfully expand our business;

(cid:127) develop a scalable, high-performance technology  infrastructure  that can efficiently and  reliably
handle increased customer and contributor usage globally,  as well  as the deployment of new
features and services; and

(cid:127) avoid interruptions or disruptions in our  services.

We  may not be able to successfully address these risks and  difficulties or others, including those

described elsewhere in these risk factors. We cannot accurately predict whether our  products and
services will achieve significant acceptance by  potential customers in significantly larger numbers than
at present. You should therefore not rely  on our historic growth rates  as an  indication of future growth.

Our business is highly competitive. Competition  presents an ongoing threat to the  success of our business.

The commercial digital imagery industry is intensely competitive. Competition may result  in loss of

market share, pricing pressures or reduced profit margins, any  of  which could substantially harm  our
business and results of operations. We compete with  a wide array of  companies, from significant  media
companies to individual imagery creators,  to provide commercial  digital  imagery to users of such
imagery. These competitors include:

(cid:127) other online marketplaces for imagery such as iStockphoto, Fotolia and Dreamstime;

(cid:127) traditional stock content providers such as Getty Images and Corbis Corporation;

(cid:127) specialized visual content companies that are  established in local,  content or product-specific

market segments such as Reuters Group PLC, the Associated Press and  Thought Equity  Motion;

(cid:127) websites focused on image search and discovery such  as Google Images;

(cid:127) websites for image hosting, art and related  products such  as Flickr;

(cid:127) social networking and social media  services  such as  Facebook;  and

(cid:127) commissioned photographers and photography agencies.

25

We  believe that the principal competitive factors  in the commercial  digital  imagery industry are:

brand awareness; company reputation;  the quality, relevance and diversity of images; the ability to
source new imagery; the licensability  of images  and  the degree to which image  users are protected from
legal risk; the effective use of current and  emerging technology;  the accessibility  of  imagery, distribution
capability, and speed and ease of search and  fulfillment; customer service; and the global  nature of a
company’s interfaces and marketing efforts,  including local languages, currencies, and payment
methods. In addition, demand for our  services is  sensitive to price. Many external  factors, including our
technology and personnel costs and our  competitors’ pricing and  marketing strategies, could
significantly impact our pricing strategies. If  we fail to meet  our customers’ price expectations, we could
lose customers. A drop in our prices  without a corresponding increase in volume would negatively
impact our revenues.

Some of  our existing and potential competitors have or may obtain significantly greater financial,

marketing or other resources or greater  brand awareness than we have. Some of these competitors  may
be able to respond more quickly to new or expanding technology and devote more resources to product
development, marketing or content acquisition  than we can.  If competitors offer higher  royalties, easier
contribution workflows, less selective  vetting  processes or convince contributors to distribute  their
content on an exclusive basis, contributors  may choose  to  stop distributing new content with  us or
remove  their existing content from our collection. Competitors  may  also  seek to develop new products,
technologies or capabilities that could  render obsolete or less competitive many  of the products,
services and content types that we offer. If we are unable to  compete successfully against  our
competitors, our growth prospects and  results of operations  may  be  adversely affected.

New competitors could enter our market  and we may be unsuccessful in competing with these new entrants.

New competitors may enter our market, particularly if technological advances or other  market

dynamics make creating, sourcing, archiving, indexing, reviewing, searching or  delivering commercial
digital images easier or more affordable. While we  believe that there are obstacles to creating a
meaningful network effect between customers  and  contributors, the barriers to creating a website that
allows for the sale of digital content  are  low, which  could  result in greater competition. Our
contributors, for example, may freely  offer the images  they provide to us  to  our competitors  and may
remove  their images at any time. New  entrants  may  raise significant amounts of capital and they may
choose to prioritize increasing their market  share and brand awareness  over profitability, including, for
example, by offering higher royalties for  exclusivity. Additionally, larger, more established and  better
capitalized entities may acquire, invest  in  or partner with  our competitors  or leverage  their  own image-
related competencies to enter our market.  If  we are  unable to compete  successfully against new
entrants, our growth prospects and results of  operations  may  be  adversely affected.

We may  not be able to prevent the misuse of  our imagery and we  may be subject  to infringement claims.

We  rely  on intellectual property laws and contractual restrictions to protect our rights and  the

imagery in our collection. Certain countries are very lax  in enforcing intellectual property  laws.
Litigation in those countries will likely be costly  and  ineffective.  Consequently, these intellectual
property laws afford us only limited protection. Unauthorized parties  have attempted, and  may attempt,
to improperly use our licensed digital  imagery. We cannot guarantee that we  will be able to prevent  the
unauthorized use of our digital imagery  or  that we will be successful in stopping such use once it  is
detected.

We  have been subject to a variety of third-party infringement  claims in the past  and will likely be

subject to similar claims in the future. We license all of our digital imagery  from photographers,
illustrators and videographers, and, although we have staff committed to reviewing each image that we
accept into our collection, we cannot guarantee that each  contributor  holds the rights  or releases he or
she  claims or that such rights and releases are adequate.  As a result, we may be subject to infringement

26

claims or other claims by third parties.  Furthermore,  we offer our customers indemnification of up  to
$10,000 for legal costs and direct damages arising from  the use  of  an image or video  footage  licensed
through us. We also offer some of our  customers custom  contracts that either provide for larger
indemnification amounts or unlimited  indemnification. However, our  contractual maximum liability may
not be enforceable in all jurisdictions. We maintain  insurance policies to cover  potential intellectual
property disputes. Since 2009, we have received approximately  30 customer  claims for  indemnification.
Following investigation of such claims,  less than  one-third resulted in our making a cash payment to
settle such claims. Aggregate amounts  paid to date  to  settle customer indemnification  claims  have not
been material. Although we have insurance  to  cover indemnification  claims,  and although, to date,
these claims have not resulted in any material  liability  to  us, we have incurred,  and will continue  to
incur, expenses related to such claims  and  related settlements,  which may increase  over time.

If a  third-party infringement claim or  series of claims is  brought against us for  uninsured liabilities

or in excess of our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. In addition, we may not be able to
maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable  cost or  in sufficient amounts  or scope to protect us against
all losses. Any claims against us, regardless of their merit,  could severely harm our financial condition
and reputation, strain our management and  financial resources, and adversely affect  our  business.

Assertions by third parties of infringement or other  violations by us of intellectual property rights could result
in  significant costs and substantially harm our business  and  operating results.

Internet, technology and media companies are frequently  subject to litigation based on allegations
of infringement, misappropriation or  other violations of intellectual  property rights  or rights related to
their use of technology. Some internet, technology and media  companies, including some  of  our
competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, which  they may
use to assert claims against us. Third parties may  in the future assert that we  have infringed,
misappropriated or otherwise violated their  intellectual  property  rights, and as we face  increasing
competition, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against  us grows. Such litigation may
involve patent holding companies or  other  adverse patent owners  who have no relevant  product
revenue, and therefore our own issued  and pending patents  may provide little  or no  deterrence to these
patent owners in bringing intellectual property rights claims against us. Existing laws and regulations
are evolving and subject to different interpretations, and  various federal and state  legislative  or
regulatory bodies may expand current or enact  new  laws  or  regulations. We cannot  assure you  that  we
are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights  or  rights related to use of
technology.

We  cannot predict whether assertions  of third-party intellectual property rights or  any infringement

or misappropriation or other claims arising from such assertions will substantially harm our business
and operating results. If we are forced to defend against any infringement or misappropriation claims,
whether they are with or without merit,  are  settled out of court, or are  determined in our favor, we
may be required to expend significant  time and financial resources on the defense of  such claims.
Furthermore, an adverse outcome of a dispute may require us to pay damages, potentially including
treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a  party’s intellectual
property; cease making, licensing or  using  content that  is alleged to infringe  or misappropriate the
intellectual property of others; expend additional  development resources to redesign  our technology;
enter into potentially unfavorable royalty or  license agreements in order to obtain the right to use
necessary technologies, content, or materials;  and to indemnify our partners and other third parties.
Royalty or licensing agreements, if required  or desirable,  may be unavailable  on terms  acceptable to us,
or at all, and may require significant royalty payments and  other expenditures. In addition, any lawsuits
regarding intellectual property rights,  regardless of their  success, could be expensive to resolve and
would divert the time and attention of  our management  and technical  personnel.

27

Unless we increase market awareness of our  company and our services, our revenue may not  continue  to grow.

We  believe that our ability to attract and  retain  new customers and  contributors depends in large

part on our ability to increase our brand  awareness within our industry. In  order  to  increase the
number of our customers and contributors, we may be required  to  expend greater resources on
advertising, marketing, and other brand-building efforts to preserve and  enhance customer  and
contributor awareness of our brand. Currently, a  significant portion of our marketing  spending  consists
of search engine marketing, which exposes us to risk in the  event that one or  more large search engines
were to reconfigure their algorithms in such a way that would result in less business for us.

Our marketing campaigns or other efforts to increase our brand awareness may not succeed in

bringing new visitors to our online marketplace or  converting  such visitors  to  paying customers  or
contributors and may not be cost-effective. Our  brand may  be  impaired  by a  number of other  factors,
including disruptions in service due to  technology  issues, data privacy and security  issues,  and
exploitation of our trademarks and other intellectual property by others  without our permission.

We have  experienced rapid growth in recent  periods.  If we fail  to  effectively manage our growth,  our  business
and operating results may suffer.

We  have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, significant  growth, which has placed,
and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and our operational  and financial
infrastructure. We  expect that our growth strategy will require us  to  commit  substantial financial,
operational and technical resources. Continued growth  could also strain  our ability  to  maintain  reliable
operation of our online marketplaces for  our customers and contributors, develop and improve our
operational, financial and management  controls, enhance  our reporting systems and procedures and
recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel.  As our operations grow  in size, scope and complexity,
we will need to improve and upgrade  our systems and infrastructure, which  will require  significant
expenditures and allocation of valuable  management  resources. If we fail  to  allocate limited resources
effectively in our organization as it grows, our business, operating results  and financial condition will
suffer.

One of our strategic goals is to generate  a  larger percentage  of our revenue  from  larger companies, which may
place greater demands on us in terms of  increased service, indemnification or working capital requirements,
any of which could increase our costs or  substantially harm our business and  operating results.

One  of our strategic goals is to increase the percentage of our revenues  that come from larger
companies, in addition to the small and  medium-size  companies from whom we have generated  the
majority of our revenue historically. In  order to win the  business of larger  companies, we may face
greater demands in terms of increased service requirements, greater  indemnification requirements,
greater pricing pressure, and greater  working capital to accommodate the larger receivables  and
collections issues that are likely to occur as a  result of being paid  on credit terms. If  we are  unable to
adequately address those demands, it  may  affect  our  ability to grow our  business  in this segment, which
may adversely affect our results of operations  and future growth.  If we  address those demands in  a way
that expands our risk of infringement  claims, significantly increases our operating costs, reduces  our
ability to maintain or increase pricing,  or increases our working capital requirements, our business,
operating results and financial condition may suffer.

Continuing expansion into international  markets is  important for our growth, and as we  continue  to expand
internationally, we face additional business, political, regulatory,  operational, financial and economic  risks,
any of which could increase our costs or  otherwise limit  our growth.

Continuing to expand our business to attract customers and contributors in countries  other  than

the United States is a critical element of our business strategy.  In  2012, approximately 65% of our

28

revenue was derived from customers located outside of North America.  While a  significant portion  of
our  customers reside outside of the United States, we have a  limited  operating history as a  company
outside the United States. We expect  to  continue to devote significant resources to international
expansion through establishing additional  offices, hiring  additional overseas personnel and  exploring
acquisition opportunities. In addition, we  expect to increase marketing for  our  foreign language
offerings and to further localize our  collection and user experience for foreign  markets.  Our ability to
expand our business and to attract talented employees, and customers and  contributors  in an increasing
number of international markets requires considerable management attention and customs,  legal
systems, alternative dispute systems, regulatory systems and commercial infrastructures. Expanding  our
international focus may subject us to risks that we  have not faced before  or increase  risks  that  we
currently face, including risks associated with:

(cid:127) modifying our technology and marketing our offerings for customers and contributors beyond

those languages we currently offer;

(cid:127) localizing our content to foreign customers’ preferences and  customs;

(cid:127) legal, political or systemic restrictions on the ability of U.S. companies to do business in foreign
countries, including, among others, restrictions imposed by the  U.S. Office  of Foreign Assets
Control  (OFAC) on the ability of U.S. companies to do  business  in certain specified  foreign
countries or with certain specified organizations and individuals;

(cid:127) compliance with foreign laws and regulations,  including  disclosure requirements,  privacy laws,

rights of publicity, technology laws and laws relating to content;

(cid:127) protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights;

(cid:127) recruiting and retaining talented and capable  management and  employees in  foreign countries;

(cid:127) potential adverse foreign tax consequences;

(cid:127) strains on our financial and other systems to properly administer  VAT, withholdings and other

taxes;

(cid:127) currency exchange fluctuations;

(cid:127) remedying the material weakness in  our internal  control  over financial reporting  relating to tax

compliance; and

(cid:127) higher costs associated with doing business internationally.

These risks may make it impossible or prohibitively expensive  to  expand  to new international

markets, or delay entry into such markets, which may affect our ability to grow our business.

As  a  result of our Reorganization, we are  subject to entity-level taxation, which will result  in significantly
greater income tax expense than we have incurred  historically.

Prior to our Reorganization, we operated  as a New York  limited  liability  company. As  a limited
liability company, we recognized no federal and  state income  taxes, as the members  of the LLC,  and
not the entity itself, were subject to income tax on  their  allocated share of our earnings.  On October 5,
2012, we reorganized as a Delaware  corporation.  Consequently, we are currently subject  to  entity-level
taxation even though historically Shutterstock Images LLC  did not pay U.S. federal  or state  income
taxes. As a result, our corporate income tax rate will  increase significantly as  we are  now subject to
federal, state and city income taxes.

29

Our operations may expose us to greater  than anticipated  income tax liabilities, which could harm  our
financial condition and results of operations.

We  plan to structure our activities in a manner so as  to  minimize our tax liabilities. However, we

have operations in various taxing jurisdictions in the  United States and foreign countries,  and there  is a
risk that our tax liabilities in one or more jurisdictions could be more than  reported relative  to  prior
taxable periods and more than anticipated relative to future  taxable periods.

In addition, the determination of our worldwide provision  for  income taxes, tax  withholdings and
other tax liabilities requires significant judgment  and  there are many transactions and calculations for
which  the ultimate tax determination  is uncertain. Although  we  believe our  estimates are reasonable,
our  ultimate tax liability may differ from the  amounts  recorded in our  financial statements and may
materially adversely affect our financial  results in the period or periods for which such determination is
made. We have created reserves with respect to such  tax liabilities where  we believe it to be
appropriate. However, there can be no assurance that our ultimate  tax  liability will not exceed the
reserves that we have created.

Furthermore, the current administration of  the U.S.  federal  government has  made public

statements indicating that it has made  international  tax  reform a  priority,  and key members  of  the U.S.
Congress have conducted hearings and proposed changes to  U.S. tax  laws. Recent changes to U.S. tax
laws, including limitations on the ability  of taxpayers to claim and utilize foreign  tax credits and the
deferral of certain tax deductions until  earnings  outside of  the United  States are repatriated to the
United States, as well as other changes to U.S. tax laws  that may be enacted in the future,  could  impact
the tax treatment of our foreign earnings.  Due to the  large and expanding  scale of our international
business activities, any changes in the U.S.  taxation of such  activities may increase  our  worldwide
effective tax rate and harm our financial position  and  results of operations.

We currently have a material weakness in our internal control  over financial reporting relating to  compliance
with certain tax regulations, that, if not properly remediated, could  impair our ability to comply  with the
accounting and reporting requirements  applicable to public companies.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of  and for  the  year  ended

December 31, 2011, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified  a material
weakness in internal control over financial  reporting with respect to our  tax compliance process.
Specifically, it was determined that we  did not have adequate procedures and controls to appropriately
comply  with, and account for, certain  non-income tax regulations. These  non-income tax  issues  related
to underpayment of international consumption tax, sales and use tax and  royalty withholdings
compliance. A material weakness is defined as a  significant deficiency, or a  combination  of significant
deficiencies, that results in a reasonable  possibility that a material  misstatement of our financial
statements will not be prevented by our internal  control over  financial reporting. A significant
deficiency means a control deficiency,  or  a combination  of  control deficiencies,  that  adversely affects
our  ability to initiate, record, process or  report financial data reliably in accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles such that there is  more than  a  remote likelihood that a  misstatement of
our  financial statements that is more  than inconsequential will not be prevented or  detected  by  our
internal control over financial reporting.

We  began working to remediate this material  weakness  during  fiscal  year 2012 by increasing the

level  of  tax expertise within our internal  staff, by hiring an  external accounting firm with the
appropriate  knowledge  and  ability  to  supplement  internal  resources  in  the  review  process  to  fulfill  our
obligations to comply with the accounting and reporting  requirements applicable to public companies
and by updating our systems to collect the necessary data and taxes  to  comply with our required tax
compliance processes. The actions that we are  taking are subject to ongoing  senior  management review,
as well as audit committee oversight.  We  were unable to fully remediate  during fiscal  year 2012 and

30

therefore the material weakness was  not  remediated  as of December 31, 2012. Although  we plan to
complete this remediation process as quickly  as possible,  we cannot at this time estimate how long  it
will take, and our  initiatives may not prove to be successful in remediating  this material weakness. If  we
are unable to successfully remediate this material weakness, it  could harm our operating  results, cause
us to fail to meet our SEC reporting obligations or applicable stock exchange  listing requirements on a
timely basis, cause our stock price to be adversely affected or result in inaccurate financial  reporting or
material misstatements in our annual or  interim financial statements.

Our operations may expose us to greater  than anticipated  sales and transaction tax  liabilities, including VAT,
which could harm our financial condition and results of  operations.

We  may have exposure to sales or other transaction taxes (including VAT) on our past  and future

transactions. A successful assertion by any state  or local  jurisdiction or country that we failed  to  pay
such sales or other transaction taxes, or the imposition of new laws requiring the payment of such
taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities  related to past  sales, create increased administrative
burdens or costs, discourage customers from  purchasing images from us, or otherwise substantially
harm our business and results of operations. We currently have a material  weakness  in our internal
control over financial reporting relating to compliance with  certain tax regulations that, if not properly
remediated, could impair our ability  to  comply with the  accounting and  reporting requirements
applicable to public companies.’’

If we do not respond to technological changes  or upgrade our website and technology  systems,  our  growth
prospects and results of operations could be adversely affected.

To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality  and features of
our  websites in addition to our infrastructure. Although we currently do not have specific plans for  any
infrastructure upgrades that would require significant capital investment  outside of the  normal course
of business, in the future we will need  to  improve and upgrade our  technology, database  systems and
network infrastructure in order to allow our  business to grow  in both size  and scope. Without such
improvements, our operations might suffer from unanticipated system disruptions, slow application
performance or unreliable service levels, any of which could  negatively affect  our reputation and  ability
to attract and retain customers and contributors. Furthermore, in  order to  continue to attract and
retain new customers, we are likely to incur expenses  in connection with continuously updating  and
improving our user interface and experience.  We may face significant delays  in introducing new
services, products and enhancements. If competitors introduce  new products and  services using new
technologies or if new industry standards  and  practices emerge, our  existing websites and  our
proprietary technology and systems may become obsolete or  less competitive,  and our business may be
harmed. In addition, the expansion and improvement of our systems and  infrastructure may require us
to commit substantial financial, operational  and technical resources, with no assurance that our business
will improve.

Technological interruptions that impair  access to our  websites or  the efficiency  of our marketplace would
damage our reputation and brand and adversely affect our results  of operations.

The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our websites and our network
infrastructure are critical to our reputation, our ability  to  attract and retain  both  customers  and
contributors to our online marketplace and  our  ability to maintain adequate  customer service levels.
Any system interruptions that result in the  unavailability of our websites  could  result in negative
publicity, damage our reputation and brand  or adversely affect our results  of operations.  We may
experience temporary system interruptions  for a  variety  of  reasons, including security breaches and
other security incidents, viruses, telecommunication and other network failures,  power  failures, software
errors, data corruption or an overwhelming  number of visitors trying to reach  our  websites during

31

periods of strong demand. We rely upon third-party service providers, such as co-location and cloud
service providers, for our data centers and application hosting, and we are dependent on these  third
parties to provide continuous power, cooling,  internet connectivity and  physical security for  our  servers.
In the event that these third-party providers experience  any interruption in operations or cease business
for any reason, or if we are unable to  agree on  satisfactory terms  for continued hosting  relationships,
our  business could be harmed and we  could be forced to enter into a relationship  with other service
providers or assume hosting responsibilities ourselves. Although we operate  two data centers in  an
active/standby configuration for geographic and vendor  redundancy and even though  we maintain a
third disaster recovery facility to back up  our content collection,  a system disruption  at the  active  data
center could result in a noticeable disruption to our websites until all website traffic  is redirected to the
standby data center. Even a disruption as  brief as a few minutes could have a  negative impact on
marketplace activities and could therefore result in a loss of revenue. Because some of the  causes  of
system interruptions may be outside of  our control, we may not  be  able  to remedy such interruptions in
a timely manner, or at all. In addition,  we  have  entered into service level agreements with  some of  our
larger customers. Technological interruptions  could result in a breach  of  such agreements  and subject
us to considerable penalties.

Failure to protect our intellectual property  could substantially harm our business and operating  results.

The success of our business depends  on our  ability to protect and enforce our patents, trade
secrets, trademarks, copyright and all of  our  other  intellectual property  rights, including our intellectual
property rights underlying our online marketplace and search algorithms. We  attempt  to  protect our
intellectual property under trade secret,  trademark, copyright and patent law, and  through a
combination of employee and third-party  nondisclosure agreements, other contractual restrictions,  and
other methods. These afford only limited  protection.  Despite our efforts  to  protect our intellectual
property rights and trade secrets, unauthorized parties may  attempt to copy aspects of  our intellectual
property and use our trade secrets and other confidential information. Moreover,  policing our
intellectual property rights is difficult,  costly and may not always  be  effective. To  the extent these
unauthorized parties, which may include  our competitors,  are successful  in copying aspects of our
search algorithms and our trade secrets,  our business could be harmed.

We  have registered ‘‘Shutterstock,’’ ‘‘Bigstock’’  and  other  marks as trademarks in  the United
States. Nevertheless, competitors may  adopt service names  similar to ours, or purchase our trademarks
and confusingly similar terms as keywords  in internet search engine advertising programs, thereby
impeding our ability to build brand identity  and possibly leading to confusion  among  our customers. In
addition, there could be potential trade name  or trademark infringement claims  brought by owners  of
other registered trademarks or trademarks that  incorporate variations of the term Shutterstock  or our
other trademarks. Any claims or customer  confusion  related to our trademarks could damage our
reputation and brand and substantially harm  our  business  and  operating results.

We  currently own the www.shutterstock.com internet domain name  and  various other related

domain names. Domain names are generally regulated by internet regulatory bodies.  If we  lose the
ability to use  a domain name in a particular  country,  we would be forced either to incur significant
additional expenses to market our products  within that country or to elect  not  to  sell products in  that
country. Either result could harm our business and operating results.  The  regulation of domain  names
in the United States and in foreign countries is subject  to  change. Regulatory bodies could establish
additional top-level domains, appoint additional  domain name registrars or modify  the requirements  for
holding domain names. As a result, we  may  not be able to acquire or  maintain the  domain names that
utilize our brand names in the United  States or  other  countries in which we  conduct  business  or in
which  we may conduct business in the  future.

In order to protect our trade secrets  and other confidential  information, we rely in  part on
confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties with whom we have

32

relationships. These agreements may  not  effectively prevent  disclosure of  trade secrets and other
confidential information and may not provide  an adequate  remedy in the  event of misappropriation of
trade secrets or any unauthorized disclosure  of trade secrets and other confidential information.  In
addition, others may independently discover our trade  secrets and confidential information,  and in such
cases we could not assert any trade secret  rights against such parties.  Costly  and time-consuming
litigation could be necessary to enforce or determine the  scope  of our  trade secret rights and related
confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions. Failure  to  obtain  or maintain trade secret protection, or
our  competitors’ acquisition of our trade secrets or  independent development of  unpatented technology
similar to ours or competing technologies,  could adversely affect  our competitive business position.

Litigation or proceedings before the  U.S. Patent and Trademark  Office or other governmental

authorities and administrative bodies in  the United States and foreign  countries may be necessary in
the future to  enforce our intellectual  property  rights, to protect our  patent  rights, trademarks, trade
secrets and domain names and to determine the validity and  scope  of the proprietary rights  of  others.
Furthermore, the monitoring and protection  of our intellectual property  rights may become more
difficult, costly and time consuming as  we continue to expand internationally,  particularly in those
markets, such as China and certain other developing  countries in Asia,  in which  legal protection  of
intellectual property rights is less robust than  in the United  States and in Europe. Our  efforts to
enforce or protect our proprietary rights may be ineffective  and could result  in substantial  costs and
diversion of resources and management  time, each of which could substantially harm our operating
results.

Much of  the software and technologies  used to provide our services  incorporate, or have  been developed  with,
‘‘open source’’ software, which may restrict  how we use  or distribute  our services or require that  we publicly
release certain portions of our source code.

Much of the software and technologies  used  to  provide  our  services incorporate,  or have been
developed with, ‘‘open source’’ software.  Such ‘‘open  source’’  software may be subject  to  third  party
licenses that impose restrictions on our software  and  services. Examples of  ‘‘open source’’ licenses
include the GNU General Public License  and GNU Lesser General Public License. Such  open source
licenses typically require that source code  subject to the license be made available  to  the public and
that any modifications or derivative works  to  open source software continue to be licensed  under open
source licenses. Few courts have interpreted open  source licenses, and the manner in  which these
licenses may be interpreted and enforced  is therefore subject to some  uncertainty.  We rely on  multiple
software engineers to design our proprietary technologies, and  we do not exercise complete  control
over the development efforts of our engineers. In  the event that  portions  of our proprietary  technology
are determined to be subject to an open source  license, we could be required  to  publicly release
portions of our source code, re-engineer all  or a portion  of  our technologies, or  otherwise be limited in
the licensing of our technologies, each  of which could reduce  or  eliminate  the value  of our  services and
technologies and materially and adversely affect our ability to sustain  and  grow  our business.

Our operating results may fluctuate, which could cause our results to fall  short of expectations and our stock
price to decline.

Our revenue and operating results could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year
due to a variety of factors, many of which  are outside our  control. As  a  result, comparing our operating
results on a period to period basis may not be meaningful. In  addition  to  other  risk factors discussed in
this  ‘‘Risk Factors’’ section, factors that may contribute  to  the variability  of  our quarterly and  annual
results include:

(cid:127) our ability to retain our current customers and  to  attract new  customers  and contributors;

(cid:127) our ability to provide new and relevant imagery  to  our  customers;

33

(cid:127) our ability to effectively manage our growth;

(cid:127) the effects of increased competition on our business;

(cid:127) our ability to keep pace with changes in technology  or our competitors;

(cid:127) changes in our pricing policies or the  pricing  policies of our  competitors;

(cid:127) interruptions in service, whether or not we are responsible for such  interruptions, and  any

related impact on our reputation and brand;

(cid:127) costs associated with defending any  litigation or other  claims,  including those related  to  our

indemnification of our customers;

(cid:127) our ability to pursue, and the timing of, entry into new  geographies or markets and,  if pursued,

our  management of this expansion;

(cid:127) the impact of general economic conditions on  our  revenue and expenses;

(cid:127) seasonality;

(cid:127) changes in government regulation affecting our business; and

(cid:127) costs related to potential acquisitions of technology or businesses.

Because of these risks and others, it  is possible that our future  results may be below our

expectations and the expectations of analysts and investors.  In such an event,  the price of our common
stock may decline  significantly.

Our failure to protect the confidential information of  our customers and our networks against security
breaches and the risks associated with credit card  fraud could expose us to liability,  protracted and costly
litigation and damage our reputation.

We  collect limited confidential information in connection  with registering  customers and

contributors and other marketplace-related processes on our websites  and, in particular, in connection
with processing and remitting payments  to and from our customers and contributors. Although  we
maintain security features on our websites, our security measures may not detect or prevent  all
attempts to hack our systems, denial-of-service attacks,  viruses, malicious  software,  break-ins,  phishing
attacks, social engineering, security breaches or  other  attacks  and similar disruptions  that  may
jeopardize the security of information  stored in and transmitted by  our websites.  We  rely on encryption
and authentication technology licensed from third  parties to provide the security and  authentication  to
effectively secure transmission of the  confidential information that we  process  for our customers, and
such technology may fail to function  properly or may be compromised  or breached. Additionally,  as
described above, we use third-party co-location and cloud service vendors for our data centers  and
application hosting, and their security  measures may not prevent security  breaches and  other
disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in and  transmitted through  their
systems. A party that is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate  proprietary
information, cause interruption in our  operations, damage  or misuse our websites, distribute  or delete
content owned by our contributors, and  misuse the  information that they misappropriate. Additionally,
our  systems may be breached by third  parties without our being aware that our systems or data have
been compromised. We may be required to expend significant  capital and other resources to protect
against such security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such  breaches. In addition, a
significant cyber security breach could  result  in payment  networks prohibiting  us from processing
transactions on their networks. Security and fraud-related issues are likely to become  more challenging
as we expand our operations.

34

Furthermore, some of the software and services that we use to operate  our business, including our

internal email and customer relationship  management software, are hosted by third parties. If these
services were to be interrupted or were to cause  us  to  lose control of confidential information,  our
business operations could be disrupted and we could  be  exposed to liability  and costly litigation.

Under current credit card practices, we  are liable  for  fraudulent  credit card transactions because

we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature. We do not currently carry insurance against  this  risk. To
date,  we have experienced minimal losses  from credit card fraud, but we  continue to face the risk of
significant losses from this type of fraud.

If any compromise of our security were to occur, we may lose  customers  and our reputation,
business, financial condition and operating results could  be  harmed. Any  compromise of security may
result in us being out of compliance with  U.S. federal and state, and  international  laws  and we may be
subject to lawsuits, fines, criminal penalties, statutory damages, and  other  costs. Any failure,  or
perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted  privacy policies  or  with any regulatory  requirements
or orders or other federal, state, or international privacy  or consumer  protection-related laws and
regulations, could result in proceedings or actions against us by  governmental entities or others,  subject
us to significant penalties and negative  publicity, and adversely  affect our results  of  operations.  In
addition, our failure to adequately control fraudulent credit card transactions could damage our
reputation and brand and substantially harm  our  business  and  results of operations.

Government regulation of the internet, both in the  United States and abroad, is evolving and  unfavorable
changes could have a negative impact on  our business.

The adoption, modification or interpretation of laws or  regulations relating to the internet,

e-commerce or other areas of our business could adversely affect the manner in which we  conduct our
business or the overall popularity or  growth in  use of the  internet.  Such laws and regulations may cover
a vast array of activities, for example,  automatic  contract  or  subscription renewal, credit  card fraud and
processing, sales, advertising and other  procedures, taxation,  tariffs, privacy, data management  and
protection, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts, consumer  protection,
outsourcing, broadband residential internet access and the characteristics and quality of  products or
services, and intellectual property ownership  and infringement. In  certain countries, such  as those  in
Europe, such laws may be more restrictive than in the United States. It is not clear how existing laws
governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other  taxes, and privacy  apply to the  internet
and e-commerce as the vast majority  of  these laws were adopted  prior to  the advent of  the internet  and
do not contemplate or address the unique  issues raised by the internet or  ecommerce. Those  laws  that
relate to the internet are at various stages  of being interpreted by the courts and agencies,  and thus,
the scope and reach of their applicability can  be  uncertain. For example, the  Children’s Online Privacy
Protection Act in the U.S. regulates the  ability of  online  services  to  collect  or use  certain  information
from children under the age of 13. If  we  are required to comply with  new regulations or legislation or
new interpretations of existing regulations or  legislation, this compliance could cause us to incur
additional expenses, make it more difficult to renew subscriptions automatically, make it more difficult
to attract new subscribers or otherwise alter our business model,  or cause us to divert resources and
funds  to addressing government or private investigatory or adversarial proceedings. Any of these
outcomes could have a material adverse effect on  our  business, financial condition  or results  of
operations.

We  currently provide image licensing  to  customers in more than 150 countries. The  privacy, data
protection, censorship and liability standards and other potentially applicable  rules or regulations,  and
intellectual property laws of those foreign countries, may be different than those  in the United States.
To the extent that any local laws or regulations apply to our  company  or operations and we are deemed
to not be in compliance with them, our  business may be harmed.

35

Expansion of our operations into additional  content categories may  subject us to additional business,  legal,
financial and competitive risks.

Currently, our operations are focused  in  significant part on digital still images. Further expansion

of our operations and our marketplace into video  footage or additional content categories involves
numerous risks and challenges, including  increased capital requirements, potential new competitors and
the need to develop new contributor  and strategic relationships.  Growth into additional content areas
may require changes to our existing business model  and  cost structure and modifications  to  our
infrastructure and may expose us to new regulatory and legal  risks,  any  of  which may require  expertise
in which we have little or no experience.  There is no guarantee that we will be able to generate
sufficient revenue from sales of such  content to offset the costs of acquiring  such content.

The impact of worldwide economic conditions, including  effects on advertising and  marketing budgets, may
adversely affect our business and operating  results.

Our financial condition is affected by worldwide economic  conditions and their impact on

advertising spending. Expenditures by advertisers generally tend to reflect overall economic  conditions,
and to the extent that the economy stagnates, companies may reduce their spending on advertising and
marketing, and thus the use of our online  marketplace. This  could have a serious adverse impact on
our  business. To the extent that overall  economic  conditions reduce spending on advertising and
marketing activities, our ability to retain  current and obtain  new  customers could be hindered, which
could reduce our revenue and negatively  impact our business.

Our loan agreement contains operating and financial  covenants  that may  restrict our business and financing
activities.

We  are party to a  loan and security agreement relating to our term loan  facility with Silicon Valley
Bank. The term loan made under this  loan and security agreement is secured by substantially all of our
assets, not including our intellectual property. Our loan and security agreement restricts our ability to:

(cid:127) incur additional indebtedness, other than in certain specified  cases;

(cid:127) create subordinated indebtedness, other  than  under certain specified  conditions;

(cid:127) create liens on our assets, other than in  certain specified cases;

(cid:127) enter into transactions with affiliates, other than ordinary course, arm’s  length transactions;

(cid:127) make investments or distributions,  other than  in certain specified  cases (including the
distribution paid to our members prior to completion  of our initial  public offering);

(cid:127) sell assets, other than in certain specified  cases;

(cid:127) make material changes in our business or  management;

(cid:127) pay dividends, other than dividends  paid  solely in  shares of our  common  stock,  or make

distributions on and, in certain cases,  repurchase our  stock; or

(cid:127) consolidate or merge with other entities, other than the contemplated Reorganization.

In addition, the loan and security agreement  provides that we satisfy certain financial  covenants
including minimum earnings and liquidity  requirements. The operating  and  financial restrictions and
covenants in the loan and security agreement, as well as any future financing agreements that we may
enter into, may restrict our ability to finance  our operations, engage  in business activities or expand or
fully pursue our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these  covenants may  be  affected by
events beyond our control, and we may  not be able to meet those covenants. A  breach of  any of these
covenants could result in a default under  the loan and security  agreement, which could cause all of the

36

outstanding indebtedness under both facilities  to  become immediately  due and payable  and terminate
all commitments to extend further credit.

If we  are unable to generate sufficient cash  available to repay our debt obligations when they
become  due and payable, either when  they mature or  in the event  of a default,  we may not be able to
obtain additional debt or equity financing  on  favorable  terms, if  at  all, which may negatively affect our
ability to continue as a going concern.

The loss of key personnel, an inability to attract and retain additional personnel or  difficulties in the
integration of new members of our management team into our company could  affect our ability to successfully
grow  our business.

Our future success will depend upon our  ability to identify,  attract, retain and  motivate highly
skilled technical, managerial, product development,  marketing,  content operations  and customer service
employees. Competition for qualified  personnel is intense  in our industry. We  cannot guarantee  that  we
will be successful in our efforts to attract  such  personnel.

We  are highly dependent on the continued service and  performance  of our  senior management
team, as well as key technical and marketing personnel.  Our inability  to  find suitable replacements for
any of the members of our senior management team and our key technical and  marketing  personnel,
should they leave our employ, would adversely  impair our  ability  to  implement  our  business  strategy
and could have a material adverse effect on our business  and results of operations. Several members of
our  senior management team joined  us  since  2010. We believe the successful integration  of our
management team is critical to managing  our operations effectively and to supporting  our  growth.

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture  as we  grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork and focus
that contribute crucially to our business.

We  believe that a critical component of our success is our  corporate culture, which we believe
fosters innovation, encourages teamwork,  cultivates creativity and promotes  a focus on execution. We
have invested substantial time, energy and resources  in building  a highly collaborative  team that works
together effectively in a non-hierarchical  environment  designed  to  promote openness,  honesty,  mutual
respect and pursuit of common goals. As we develop the infrastructure of a  public company and
continue to grow, we may find it difficult  to  maintain these valuable aspects  of  our  corporate culture.
Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively impact our future success,  including our ability to
attract and retain employees, encourage innovation and teamwork and  effectively focus  on and pursue
our  corporate objectives.

If we do not successfully integrate potential  future acquisitions, our business  could  be adversely  impacted.

We  have in the past pursued, and we  may  in the future pursue,  acquisitions that are

complementary to our existing business and that  may  expand our employee  base  and the  breadth of our
offerings. Future acquisitions or investments could result in potential  dilutive issuances of equity
securities, use of significant cash balances  or the incurrence of debt, contingent  liabilities or
amortization expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, any  of which could adversely
affect our financial condition and results  of operations. The benefits  of an acquisition or investment
may also take considerable time to develop, and  we cannot be certain that any particular acquisition or
investment will produce the intended benefits.

Integration of a new company’s operations, assets and personnel into ours will require significant
attention from our management. The diversion of our management’s attention  away from our business
and any difficulties encountered in the integration process  could harm our ability to manage our
business. Future acquisitions will also expose us to potential  risks, including risks associated with any
acquired liabilities, the integration of new operations, technologies  and personnel, unforeseen or  hidden

37

liabilities, information security vulnerabilities, the diversion of resources from our existing businesses,
sites and technologies, the inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset  the costs  and expenses of
acquisitions, and potential loss of, or harm to, our relationships with  employees, customers, contributors
and other suppliers as a result of integration  of new businesses.

We may  need to raise additional capital in  the future and may be unable to do so on  acceptable terms or at
all.

We  intend to continue to make investments  to  support our business growth and may require
additional funds to respond to business  challenges, including the  need to develop  new features  or
functions of our online marketplace, improve our operating infrastructure or  acquire complementary
businesses, personnel and technologies.  Accordingly, we  may  need to engage in equity or debt
financings to secure additional capital.  If  we raise  additional  funds through  future issuances of  equity or
convertible debt securities, our existing  stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any  new
equity securities we issue could have  rights,  preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of
our  common stock. Any debt financing  we  secure in the  future could involve restrictive covenants
relating to our capital raising activities  and other financial  and operational  matters, which may make it
more difficult for us to obtain additional  capital and to pursue business opportunities,  including
potential acquisitions. We may not be able  to  obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us,  if at
all. If we are unable to obtain adequate  financing  or financing on terms satisfactory  to  us  when we
require it, our ability to continue to support  our business growth and to respond  to  business  challenges
could be significantly impaired, and our business may be harmed.

We are subject to payments-related risks  that  may  result in higher operating  costs or the inability to process
payments, either of which could harm our  financial condition  and results  of operations.

We  accept payments using a variety of  methods, including  credit cards and debit cards. As  we offer

new payment options to consumers, we  may be subject  to  additional regulations, compliance
requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit  cards,  we pay
interchange and other fees, which may  increase  over time and raise our operating  costs and lower
profitability. We rely on third parties to provide payment  processing services,  including the  processing
of credit cards and debit cards, and it could disrupt our business if these companies  became unwilling
or unable to provide these services to  us.  We are  also subject  to  payment card association operating
rules, certification requirements and  rules governing  electronic funds transfers, which could change or
be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these
rules or requirements, we may be subject  to fines  and higher  transaction fees and lose our ability to
accept credit and debit card payments  from consumers or  facilitate other types  of online payments.

We  are also subject to or voluntarily  comply with a  number  of other laws and regulations relating

to money laundering, international money  transfers, privacy and  information security and  electronic
fund transfers. If we were found to be  in  violation of applicable laws or regulations, we could be
subject to civil and criminal penalties  or  forced to cease our  operations.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency  exchange rates, which could adversely affect our results.

Because we conduct a growing portion of our business outside of the United States but  report our

financial results in U.S. Dollars, we face  exposure to adverse  movements in  currency  exchange rates.
Our foreign operations are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results  are
translated from the local currency into U.S. Dollars  upon consolidation.  If the U.S. Dollar weakens
against foreign currencies, the translation  of these foreign  currency denominated transactions will result
in increased revenue, operating expenses and net income. Similarly, if  the U.S. Dollar strengthens
against foreign currencies, the translation  of these foreign  currency denominated transactions will result

38

in decreased revenue, operating expenses and net income. As exchange rates vary, sales and other
operating results, when translated, may  differ materially  from expectations.

We  have foreign currency risks related to foreign-currency denominated  revenues. All  amounts

owed and paid to our foreign contributors are denominated and paid in U.S.  Dollars. In  general,
foreign currencies are paid net transaction charges. Accordingly,  changes in exchange rates, and  in
particular a strengthening of the U.S. Dollar, will  negatively affect our revenue and other operating
results as expressed in U.S. Dollars.

Because we have determined our functional  currency to be the U.S. Dollar, we have  not

experienced material fluctuations in our net income as  a result of translation gains or losses. During
2012, 2011 and 2010, our foreign currency transaction gains  and losses were  immaterial. At this time  we
do not, but we may in the future, enter into derivatives or other financial instruments in order  to  hedge
our  foreign currency exchange risk. It is difficult  to  predict the impact hedging activities would have  on
our  results of operations.

We depend on the continued growth of online commerce  and the continued adoption of digital  imagery.  If
these  trends do not continue, our growth prospects and  results  of operations could be adversely impacted.

The business of selling goods and services over the  internet  is dynamic and relatively new.

Concerns about fraud, privacy and other  problems may discourage  additional consumers from adopting
the internet as a medium of commerce.  In countries  such as  the U.S. and the  United Kingdom, where
our  services and online commerce generally  have been  available for  some time and the level  of market
penetration of our services is higher  than in  other countries, acquiring new customers  may be more
difficult and costly than it has been in  the past. In  order  to expand  our customer base, we  may need to
appeal to and acquire customers who  historically have used traditional means of commerce to purchase
goods and services. If these target customers prove to be less active than our  earlier customers our
business could be adversely impacted.

In addition, our growth is highly dependent upon  the continued demand for  imagery. The

commercial digital imagery market is  rapidly evolving, characterized  by changing technologies, intense
price competition, introduction of new competitors, evolving  industry  standards, frequent new service
announcements and changing consumer demands and behaviors.  To  the extent that demand  for imagery
does not continue to grow as expected, our revenue growth will suffer.

Our business depends on the development  and maintenance  of the internet infrastructure. If the internet
infrastructure experiences outages or delays  our business could  be  adversely  impacted.

The success of our services will depend largely on  the development and  maintenance of the
internet infrastructure. This includes  maintenance of a reliable network  backbone with  the necessary
speed, data capacity and security, as well  as the timely development of  complementary products, for
providing reliable internet access and  services. The internet  has experienced,  and is likely  to  continue to
experience, significant growth in the  number of  users and amount  of  traffic.  The internet  infrastructure
may be unable to support such demands.  In addition, increasing numbers of users, increasing
bandwidth requirements or problems caused by viruses, worms, malware and similar programs may
harm the performance of the internet. The  backbone network of the internet has been  the target of
such programs. The internet has experienced a variety of outages  and other delays as a  result of
damage  to portions of its infrastructure,  and  it could face outages and  delays  in the future. These
outages and delays could reduce the level  of  internet  usage generally as well as the  level of usage of
our  services, which could adversely impact  our  business.

39

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes,  fires, floods and  other natural catastrophic events and  to
interruption by man-made problems such as  terrorism or computer viruses.

Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage  or interruption from  earthquakes, fires,
floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks,  acts of  war, human  errors, break-ins
or similar events. For example, a significant natural disaster,  such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could
have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial  condition, and  our
insurance coverage may be insufficient  to  compensate us for losses that may  occur. In addition, acts of
terrorism could cause disruptions in our  business or the  economy as  a whole. Our principal  executive
offices are located in New York City,  a region  that  has experienced acts of terrorism in the  past. Our
servers may also be vulnerable to computer viruses,  break-ins  and similar disruptions from  unauthorized
tampering with our computer systems, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data or
the unauthorized disclosure of confidential  customer data. Although we  have disaster  recovery
capabilities, there can be no assurance  that we will  not suffer from business interruption  as a result of
any such events. As we rely heavily on our  servers, computer and communications systems and the
internet to conduct our business and  provide high  quality service to our customers and contributors,
such disruptions could negatively impact  our ability to run our business,  result in loss of existing or
potential customers and contributors  and increased maintenance costs, which would adversely  affect our
operating results and financial condition.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our share price may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock could  be  subject to wide fluctuations in response to many
risk factors listed in this section, both within and  outside of  our control, including,  but not limited to,
the following:

(cid:127) changes in projected operational and financial  results;

(cid:127) issuance of new or updated research or reports  by  securities analysts;

(cid:127) the use by investors or analysts of  third-party  data regarding our business that may not reflect

our  actual performance;

(cid:127) fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived  by  investors  to  be  comparable to us;

(cid:127) fluctuations in the trading volume  of our shares, or the  size of our public float;  and

(cid:127) general economic and market conditions.

Furthermore, the stock market has experienced  extreme price and  volume fluctuations that have

affected and continue to affect the market  prices of equity securities of many companies. These
fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating  performance of those
companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations,  as well  as general  economic, political and
market conditions such as recessions, interest  rate  changes or international  currency  fluctuations, may
negatively impact the market price of  our common stock. In the past, certain  companies that have
experienced volatility in the market price  of their common  stock  have been  subject to securities  class
action litigation. We may be the target  of  this type  of litigation in  the future. Securities litigation
against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business
concerns, which could seriously harm  our business.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market  could cause  our share price  to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares  of our common stock in the  public  market, or  the
perception that such sales could occur, could  adversely affect the market price of our common  stock

40

and may make it more difficult for you to sell your  common  stock at a time  and price  that  you deem
appropriate.

As of February 26, 2013, we had 33,517,031  shares of common  stock  outstanding, of which
28,338,281 are subject to restrictions  on  resale as  a result of securities laws, lock-up  agreements or
other contractual restrictions that restrict  transfers  for at least 180 days  after October 10, 2012,  the date
of our final prospectus filed with the SEC  pursuant to Rule 424(b), subject  to  certain  extensions.
Immediately after the lock-up termination  date of April 9, 2013 with respect  to  our initial public
offering, all shares of our common stock will  be  freely  transferable without restriction or registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  except for shares held by our ‘‘affiliates,’’ which remain
subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 under  the Securities  Act, and except  for shares of restricted  stock
held by Thilo Semmelbauer (‘‘Mr. Semmelbauer’’).

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Deutsche Bank  Securities  Inc. may, at their  discretion, release all
or some portion of the shares subject  to  lock-up agreements prior to expiration  of  the lock-up period.

The holders of 28,338,281 shares of common  stock are entitled to rights with respect to registration

of these  shares under the Securities Act  pursuant to a  registration rights agreement. We filed a
registration statement on Form S-8 under  the Securities Act  covering all of the  shares of common  stock
issuable pursuant to options granted  in exchange for  value  appreciation right, or  VAR, grants
outstanding as of the time of our Reorganization, as  well as  options and shares  reserved for  future
issuance under our 2012 Omnibus Equity  Incentive Plan and our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Once we register these shares, they can be freely  sold  in the public market upon issuance and  vesting,
subject to the lock-up agreements contained in the terms  of  the award agreements  delivered under such
plans, or unless they are held by ‘‘affiliates’’,  as that term is defined  in Rule 144  of the Securities Act.

We  may also issue our shares of common  stock  or securities  convertible into our common stock

from time to time in connection with  a  financing, acquisition, investment or otherwise. Any such
issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing  stockholders and cause the trading price  of
our  common stock to decline.

Jonathan Oringer, our founder, and other significant investors control  approximately  75.9% of our  outstanding
shares of common stock, and this concentration of ownership may have an effect on transactions that  are
otherwise favorable to our shareholders.

As of February 26, 2013, Jonathan Oringer, our founder and largest stockholder, beneficially owns

approximately 55.2% of our outstanding shares of common stock.  In addition, certain funds  affiliated
with Insight Venture Partners, or Insight, beneficially own approximately 20.7%  of  our  outstanding
shares of common stock. As a result, Mr. Oringer  and  Insight collectively control the  outcome of
matters submitted to our stockholders  for approval, including the election of  directors. This
concentration of ownership may also delay, deter  or prevent  a  change in  control,  and may  make  some
transactions more difficult or impossible  to complete without the support  of these  shareholders,
regardless of the impact of this transaction  on our other  shareholders.

We have  incurred and will continue to  incur increased costs and our  management  will face increased demands
as a  result of operating as a public company.

We  have incurred  and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and  other expenses  as a

result of becoming a public company. In  addition,  our  administrative staff has performed and will
continue to be required to perform additional tasks. For example, as  a  public company, we will need to
adopt additional internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures and bear all of  the internal
and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic  public reports  in compliance  with our
obligations under applicable securities laws and New York Stock Exchange rules.

41

In addition, changing laws, regulations  and  standards relating  to  corporate  governance  and public

disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  the Dodd-Frank Act  and related regulations implemented
by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the stock  exchanges are creating
uncertainty for public companies, increasing  legal and financial compliance  costs and making some
activities more time-consuming. We are  currently evaluating and monitoring  developments with  respect
to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs  we may incur
or the timing of such costs. These laws,  regulations and standards  are  subject to varying interpretations,
in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as  a result,  their application in practice may evolve
over time as new guidance is provided by  regulatory and  governing bodies. This  could  result in
continuing uncertainty regarding compliance  matters and higher  costs  necessitated by ongoing revisions
to disclosure and governance practices.  We intend  to  invest  resources to comply with  evolving  laws,
regulations and standards, and this investment may  result in increased general and administrative
expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating  activities to
compliance activities. If our efforts to  comply with new laws, regulations  and  standards differ from the
activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory
authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us  and  our business may  be  harmed. We  will continue
to incur substantially higher costs to  obtain directors’ and officers’ insurance  as a result of becoming a
public company. These factors could  also  make  it more  difficult  for  us to  attract and  retain qualified
members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on  our audit  committee and compensation
committee, and attract and retain qualified executive officers.

The increased costs associated with operating as a  public company may decrease our net income or

increase our net loss, and may cause  us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase  the
prices of our products or services to  offset the effect  of such increased costs. Additionally, if these
requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The recently enacted JOBS Act will allow  us  to  postpone the  date by  which we  must comply with certain laws
and regulations and to reduce the amount  of  information provided in reports  filed  with the SEC. We cannot
be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies  will make our
common stock less attractive to investors.

We  are and we will remain an ‘‘emerging  growth company’’  until  the earliest to occur of (i)  the
last day of the fiscal year during which  our total annual revenues equal or exceed $1 billion (subject to
adjustment for inflation), (ii) the last day  of  the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial
public offering, (iii) the date on which we  have, during  the previous three-year period,  issued more
than $1 billion in non-convertible debt,  or (iv)  the date  on which we are deemed a  ‘‘large accelerated
filer’’ under the Securities and Exchange  Act  of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. For so long as
we remain an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ as defined in  the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of
2012, or the JOBS Act, we may take  advantage of  certain exemptions  from various  reporting
requirements that are applicable to other public  companies that are not ‘‘emerging growth  companies’’
including, but not limited to, not being  required to comply with  the auditor attestation requirements  of
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced  disclosure obligations regarding  executive
compensation in our periodic reports  and proxy  statements, and exemptions  from the requirements of
holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive  compensation and shareholder approval of any golden
parachute payments not previously approved. We  cannot predict if investors will find our common stock
less  attractive because we will rely on  some or  all  of  these exemptions. If some investors find our
common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common
stock and our stock price may be more  volatile. If  we avail ourselves of certain exemptions from
various reporting requirements, our reduced disclosure may make it more difficult  for investors and
securities analysts to evaluate us and may  result  in less investor confidence.

42

If we fail to maintain an effective system of  internal controls, we may not be able to report  our  financial
results accurately or in a timely fashion,  and we may not  be able to prevent fraud; in such case,  our
stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting,  which would  harm  our business  and  could
negatively impact the price of our stock.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable, timely financial reports and

prevent fraud. In addition, Section 404  of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to evaluate
and report on our internal control over  financial reporting beginning with our  Annual  Report on
Form 10-K for the year ending December  31, 2013. The process of  implementing our internal controls
and complying with Section 404 will be expensive and  time-consuming, and will  require significant
attention of management. We cannot  be  certain that these measures will ensure that we  implement  and
maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting  in the future. Even if we
conclude that our internal control over financial reporting provides reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, because of its inherent limitations,  internal
control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect  fraud or misstatements. Failure to implement
required new or improved controls, or  difficulties  encountered in  their implementation, could harm our
results of operations or cause us to fail  to  meet  our reporting obligations. If  we discover  a material
weakness, the disclosure of that fact,  even  if quickly remedied, could reduce  the market’s confidence in
our  financial statements and harm our stock price.

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the

effectiveness of our internal control over  financial reporting  until we are no longer an  ‘‘emerging
growth company,’’ as described above. At  such  time that  an attestation is  required,  our independent
registered public accounting firm may  issue a report that  is adverse in the  event that it  is not satisfied
with the level at which our controls are  documented,  designed  or operating. Our remediation efforts
may not enable us to avoid a material  weakness in  the future.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents  and Delaware  law could discourage, delay or prevent  a
change in control of our company and may  affect the trading price of our  common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate  of incorporation  and bylaws contain  provisions that could
have the effect of rendering more difficult or  discouraging  an acquisition deemed undesirable by our
board of directors. Our corporate governance documents  include provisions that:

(cid:127) authorize blank check preferred stock,  which could be issued with voting,  liquidation, dividend

and other rights superior to our common stock;

(cid:127) limit the liability of, and provide indemnification  to,  our directors and officers;

(cid:127) limit the ability of our stockholders to call  and  bring  business  before  special meetings and to

take action by written consent in lieu  of a meeting;

(cid:127) require advance notice of stockholder proposals and the  nomination of candidates for  election to

our  board of directors;

(cid:127) establish a classified board of directors, as  a result of  which the successors to the directors

whose  terms have expired will be elected to serve from the  time of election  and qualification
until the third annual meeting following their election;

(cid:127) require that directors only be removed  from office for cause; and

(cid:127) limit the determination of the number of directors on our board  and  the  filling of vacancies or

newly created seats on the board to our board  of directors then in office.

43

As a Delaware corporation, we are also  subject to provisions of Delaware  law,  including
Section 203 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law,  which prevents  some  stockholders  holding
more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in  certain business combinations
without the prior approval of our board of directors  or the holders  of  substantially  all  of  our
outstanding common stock.

These provisions of our charter documents  and  Delaware law, alone or together, could delay or
deter hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in  our management. Any provision of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation or  bylaws or Delaware  law that has  the effect of
delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the  opportunity  for our  stockholders  to  receive a
premium for their shares of our common  stock. Even  in the absence of  a  takeover attempt, the
existence of these  provisions may adversely affect  the prevailing market price  of our  common stock if
they are viewed as discouraging takeover  attempts in the  future.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing  research or reports about us,  our business
or our  market, or if they change their recommendations  regarding our  stock adversely, our stock price and
trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common  stock will  be  influenced by the research and reports that
industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our  market  or our competitors. If any
of the analysts who may cover us change  their recommendation  regarding our stock adversely,  or
provide more favorable relative recommendations about our  competitors, our stock price would likely
decline.  If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our  company or fail  to  regularly
publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the  financial markets, which in turn could cause  our
stock price or trading volume to decline.

We do not expect to declare any dividends  in the  foreseeable  future.

We  do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our  common  stock  in the

foreseeable future. Consequently, investors  may  need  to  rely  on sales  of their common stock after  price
appreciation, which may never occur, as  the only  way to realize any future gains  on their investment.
Investors seeking cash dividends should not  purchase  our common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

We  lease office facilities of approximately 40,000 square feet in New York, New York,  under

operating lease and sublease agreements  that expire from  2013 to 2015. We also  have various
co-location agreements with third-party hosting facilities that expire  in 2012,  2013 and 2014. We
anticipate leasing additional office space and increasing our  co-location facilities, consistent with our
historical business model. We do not have  any  material capital lease obligations, and our property,
equipment and software have been purchased  primarily with cash.

We  believe that our existing facilities  are  adequate for our current  needs and that suitable
additional or alternative space will be  available on commercially reasonable  terms to meet our future
needs.

For additional information regarding  obligations under  operating leases, see Note  7 of the Notes

to Consolidated Financial Statements included in  Part II,  Item  8 of this Annual Report  on Form 10-K.

44

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, third parties assert claims against  us regarding intellectual property rights,
invasion of privacy and matters arising out of the  ordinary  course of business. Although we  cannot be
certain of the outcome of any litigation or the disposition  of  any claims,  nor the amount of damages
and exposure that we could incur, we currently believe that  the final disposition of such matters  will
not have a material effect on our business, results  of operations,  financial condition or cash flows. In
addition, in the ordinary course of our  business, we  are also subject to periodic threats of  lawsuits,
investigations and claims. Regardless  of  the outcome, litigation can have an  adverse  impact  on us
because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management  resources  and other  factors.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

45

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,  Related  Stockholder Matters  and Issuer Purchases

PART II

of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock has been listed on the New York  Stock Exchange,  or  the NYSE, under the
symbol ‘‘SSTK’’ since October 11, 2012.  Prior to that  date, there was no public trading market for  our
common stock. Our initial public offering  was priced at $17.00 per share on October 10, 2012. The
following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high  and  low  sales  prices per share  of  our
common stock as reported on the NYSE:

Year  Ended December 31, 2012

Sales Price
Per Share
in 2012

Low

High

Fourth Quarter (October 11, 2012 - December 31, 2012) . . . . . . . .

$21.00

$28.63

On December 31, 2012, the last reported  sales  price of our common stock on the NYSE  was
$26.00 per share. On February 28, 2013,  the last reported  sales price  of our common stock on the
NYSE was $32.60 per share.

As of February 28, 2013, there were  nine holders of record of our common stock. Because many of

our  shares of common stock are held  by  brokers and other  institutions on behalf of  stockholders,  this
number is not indicative of the total  number of stockholders represented by these stockholders of
record.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities  and Use  of Proceeds

Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2010, the registrant’s  predecessor, Shutterstock Images  LLC, or the  LLC, has

issued and sold the following securities:

1.

2.

3.

Since January 1, 2010, the LLC has granted value appreciation rights, or VARs,  equal to an
aggregate of 5.8% of the LLC, at a weighted average exercise price of $15.77 to 268
employees and directors under the Shutterstock  Images  LLC Value Appreciation Plan.  The
268 employees and directors referenced above is comprised  of 4 of our  directors, 2  of our
named executive officers, 218 of our other  current employees  and  44 of our former employees.
The above-referenced VAR Plan awards were deemed to be exempt from registration
pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the  Securities Act of 1933, as  amended, as
transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved  by the LLC’s board. The VAR
Plan award recipients were provided  with a copy of the  LLC’s  Value Appreciation Plan  at the
time of grant and, to the extent required by applicable law,  the VAR Plan  award  recipients
were accredited or sophisticated and either received adequate information  about the  LLC or
had access, through their relationships with  the LLC,  to  such information.

In August 2010, the LLC granted  to  an executive officer, in  connection with  his employment
agreement, an equity interest in the company equal to 4% of the amounts  distributed  to  the
members of the LLC in excess of $300 million.

In connection with the registrant’s reorganization from Shutterstock Images LLC, a New York
limited liability company, or the LLC, to Shutterstock, Inc.,  a Delaware corporation, by way of
a merger of the LLC with and into Shutterstock, Inc., which occurred on October 5, 2012,
Shutterstock, Inc. issued an aggregate  of 28,338,281 shares of its  common stock to existing

46

members of the LLC and options to purchase  1,661,719 shares of common stock at a weighted
average exercise price of $15.79 to existing  holders of VAR Plan awards in  the LLC  pursuant
to the registrant’s 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. No additional consideration was paid
for such shares or options.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters,  underwriting discounts or

commissions, or any public offering, and  the registrant believes  the transactions were exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities  Act of 1933  in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not
involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans  and contracts relating
to compensation as provided under such  Rule 701. The recipients of securities in  such transactions
represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a  view to or for
sale in connection with any distribution  thereof, and appropriate legends were  affixed to the share
certificates and instruments issued in  such transactions. If applicable, the recipient of  securities were
accredited or sophisticated and either received adequate information about  the registrant or had access,
through his relationships with the registrant, to such  information.

The recipients of common stock issued pursuant to the Reorganization are subject to restrictions

on resale as a result of securities laws,  lock-up  agreements or other contractual  restrictions that restrict
transfers for at least 180 days after October 10,  2012, the date of our final prospectus filed with the
SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b), subject to certain extensions. All recipients had  adequate access, through
their relationships with us or otherwise, to information  about  us.

Use of Proceeds from Initial Public Offering of Common  Stock

On October 16, 2012, we closed our  initial public offering, in which we sold 5,175,000  shares of
common stock at a price to the public  of  $17.00 per share.  The aggregate offering price for shares  sold
in the offering was approximately $88.0  million. The  offer and sale of all of the  shares in  the IPO  were
registered under the Securities Act of  1933, as amended,  pursuant to a registration statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-181376), which  was declared  effective by the SEC on October  10, 2012. The
offering commenced as of October 10,  2012 and did  not  terminate before  all  of the securities  registered
in the registration statement were sold. Morgan Stanley  & Co. LLC,  Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,
Jefferies & Company, Inc., RBC Capital Markets,  LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated  and
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. acted  as the  underwriters. We  raised  approximately  $81.8 million in
net proceeds after deducting underwriting  discounts and commissions  of  approximately $6.2 million,
and before deducting total estimated  expenses in  connection with the offering of $4.9 million. No
payments were made by us to directors, officers or persons owning ten percent  or more of our common
stock or to their associates, or to our  affiliates,  other than  payments in  the ordinary  course  of  business
to officers for salaries. We invested the funds received in registered money  market funds.  There has
been no material change in the planned use of proceeds  from the Company’s IPO from  that  described
in the final prospectus filed with the  SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) on October  11, 2012.

On December 24, 2012, we used a portion of our IPO proceeds, together  with a portion  of our

cash from operations, to pay down $6.0  million of our term  loan facility with  Silicon Valley  Bank. See
Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K  under the  heading ‘‘Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.’’

Dividend Policy

We  currently intend to retain all available  funds and any future earnings for  use in  the operation

of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash  dividends  on our common stock  in the
foreseeable future. Any future determination  relating to our  dividend policy will be made  at the
discretion of our board of directors, based upon on  our  financial condition, results of  operations,

47

contractual restrictions, capital requirements,  business prospects  and other factors our board of
directors may deem relevant.

Historically, we made monthly cash distributions to members of Shutterstock Images LLC  with
respect to their membership interests.  For the years ended December 31, 2011  and 2010, distributions
to the members of Shutterstock Images  LLC were $28.6 million and  $25.9 million, respectively.
Additionally, between January 1, 2012 and October 4, 2012, we distributed $36.0  million  to  the
members of Shutterstock Images LLC.  Following the Reorganization  on October 5, 2012,  no further
distributions to members were made. For additional  information regarding the Reorganization, see
Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included  in Part II,  Item 8 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

Performance Graph

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any  of our filings with the SEC, the following

information shall not be deemed ‘‘filed’’ with the SEC or ‘‘soliciting material’’ under the  Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 and shall not be incorporated by reference into any such  filings irrespective of  any general
incorporation language contained in such  filing.

The following graph compares the total cumulative  stockholder return  on our common stock  with

the total cumulative return of the New  York  Stock Exchange  Composite  Index (the ‘‘NYSE
Composite’’) and the S&P Internet Software and Services Index during the period commencing  on
October 11, 2012, the initial trading day of our common stock, and ending  on December 31, 2012.  The
graph assumes a $100 investment at the  beginning of the  period in  our common stock, the stocks
represented in the NYSE Composite Index and the stocks represented in  the S&P Internet  Software
and Services Index, and reinvestment  of  any dividends. Historical stock price  performance should not
be relied upon as an indication of future  stock price  performance.

$140

$120

$100

*$100 invested on 10/11/12 in stock or 9/30/12 in index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

Copyright© 2013 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

$80

10/11/12

10/12

11/12

12/12

Shutterstock, Inc.

NYSE Composite

S&P Internet Software & Services

1MAR201313403702

Equity Compensation Plan Information

For information regarding securities authorized  for  issuance  under equity compensation  plans, see

Part III, Item 12 of this Annual Report  on Form 10-K.

48

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

We  have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December  31,

2012, 2011 and 2010 and the consolidated  balance  sheet  data as of December 31, 2012  and 2011 from
our  audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this filing. We have derived  the
consolidated statements of operations data for  the years ended December 31, 2009 and  2008 and  the
consolidated balance sheet data as of  December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  from our audited consolidated
financial statements not included in this  filing.  To obtain further  information about our historical
results, including our historical acquisitions,  for which results of operations are included in our
consolidated financial statements, you should read the following selected consolidated financial data in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes,  the information in the section
of this filing titled ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations’’ and the other financial information  included elsewhere in  this filing. Our historical  results
are not necessarily indicative of our future  results.

Consolidated Statements of Operations  Data(1):

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses:

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

$169,616

$120,271

$82,973

$61,099

$52,744

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64,676
45,107
16,330
21,651

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147,764

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income / (expense), net

Income before income taxes(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Benefit) provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . .

21,852
(47)

21,805
(25,738)

45,504
31,929
9,777
10,171

97,381

22,890
10

22,900
1,036

32,353
17,820
4,591
8,414

63,178

19,795
19

19,814
876

21,826
10,949
2,361
6,217

41,353

19,746
5

19,751
909

16,903
9,308
1,120
4,844

32,175

20,569
18

20,587
942

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 47,543

$ 21,864

$18,938

$18,842

$19,645

(1) Includes non-cash compensation of  $10,385, $2,122, $1,114, $1,833,  and $2,032  for the  years  ended

December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

(2) We operated as a New York limited  liability  company for  federal and  state income tax purposes,
taxed  as a partnership, and therefore  were not  subject to federal and state income taxes through
October 4, 2012 and for the periods ended 2011, 2010, 2009, and 2008,  respectively. Following the
Reorganization on October 5, 2012, we became subject to income taxes at a combined  federal,
state and city tax rate of approximately 40%

49

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data(1):
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redeemable preferred members’ interest . . . . . .
Common members’ interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total members’ interest (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

(in thousands)

$ 14,097
$102,096
(28,435)
56,684
3,844
5,255
24,855
147,114
28,451
37,934
49,058
70,180
33,725
—
—
5,699
— (57,928)
—

76,934

$ 6,544
(21,909)
1,703
13,863
19,631
31,355
36,811
5,699
(54,303)
—

$ 4,937
(15,813)
1,219
11,067
14,259
22,514
36,218
4,782
(47,665)
—

$

975
(12,858)
816
3,404
9,723
15,026
34,539
2,949
(46,161)
—

December 31,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

(in thousands)

Other Financial Data(1):
Adjusted EBITDA(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-GAAP net income(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Free cash flow(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paid downloads (in millions) (during the period)(4) .
Revenue per download (during the period)(5) . . . . .
Images in collection (in millions) (end of  period)(6) .

$34,877
27,981
41,519
76.0
2.23
23.3

$

$26,532
23,945
36,095
58.6
2.05
17.4

$

$21,783
20,044
27,591
44.1
1.88
13.3

$

$21,983
20,675
26,399
34.0
1.80
8.9

$

$22,782
21,677
28,665
34.0
1.55
5.1

$

(1) See ‘‘—Non-GAAP Financial Measures’’ below as to how  we  define and  calculate Adjusted

EBITDA and for a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net income, the most directly
comparable GAAP financial measure, and a discussion  about  the  limitations of  Adjusted EBITDA.

(2) See ‘‘—Non-GAAP Financial Measures’’ below as to how  we  define and  calculate Non-GAAP  Net
Income and for a reconciliation between Non-GAAP Net Income and net  income,  the most
directly comparable GAAP financial measure,  and a  discussion about the limitations  of  Non-GAAP
Net Income.

(3) See ‘‘—Non-GAAP Financial Measures’’ below as to how  we  define and  calculate Free Cash Flow
and for a reconciliation between Free Cash Flow and net cash provided  by operating activities, the
most directly comparable GAAP financial  measure, and a  discussion about  the limitations  of  Free
Cash Flow.

(4) Paid downloads is the number of  paid  image downloads  that our customers make during a  given
period. See ‘‘Management’s Discussion  and Analysis of  Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations—Key Operating Metrics—Paid  Downloads’’ for more information as to how  we define
and calculate paid downloads.

(5) Revenue per download is the amount  of revenue recognized  in a given period divided  by  the
number of paid downloads in that period. See ‘‘Management’s  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics—Revenue per Download’’
for more information as to how we define and calculate paid revenue per download.

(6) Images in collection is the total number of photographs, vectors  and illustrations available to
customers on shutterstock.com at the  end of  the period.  See ‘‘Management’s  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating Metrics—Images in
Collection’’ for more information as to  how we  define and  calculate paid images  in our collection.

50

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our  financial results,  we have  disclosed

within this Annual Report on Form 10-K Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We
define Adjusted EBITDA as income  from  operations before depreciation  and amortization, non-cash
equity-based compensation, interest and  taxes.

We  believe Adjusted EBITDA is an  important measure of  operating performance  because it allows

management, investors and others to  evaluate and compare our  core operating results from period to
period by removing the impact of our asset base (depreciation  and  amortization), non-cash equity-based
compensation, interest and taxes.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you  should not consider
this  measure in isolation or as a substitute for  analysis of our  results as reported under GAAP  as the
excluded items may have significant effects on our operating results and financial  condition. When
evaluating our performance, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial
performance measures, including various  cash flow metrics, net income  and our other GAAP results.
Additionally, our Adjusted EBITDA measure may  differ from other companies’  Adjusted EBITDA as it
is a non-GAAP disclosure.

The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted  EBITDA to net  income for each  of the periods

indicated:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-GAAP adjustments:

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

$ 47,543

$21,864

(in thousands)
$18,938

$18,842

$19,645

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-cash equity-based compensation . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense (income) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Benefit) provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . .

2,640
10,385
47
(25,738)

1,520
2,122
(10)
1,036

874
1,114
(19)
876

404
1,833
(5)
909

181
2,032
(18)
942

Adjusted EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 34,877

$26,532

$21,783

$21,983

$22,782

Non-GAAP Net Income

To provide investors with additional information regarding our  financial results,  we have  disclosed
within this Annual Report on Form 10-K non-GAAP net income,  a non-GAAP financial measure. We
define non-GAAP  net income as net  income excluding the one-time  tax benefit  due  to  our
reorganization to a corporation, non-cash  equity-based compensation, and the tax benefit  for deductible
non-cash equity-based compensation.

We  believe non-GAAP net income is an important measure of  operating performance  because it

allows management, investors and others to evaluate and  compare our  operating results from period to
period by removing the impact of our one-time tax  benefit due to our tax structure reorganization in
October 2012, non-cash equity-based  compensation,  and the  tax benefit for the deductible non-cash
equity-based compensation.

Our use of non-GAAP net income has limitations  as an analytical tool, and  you should not

consider this measure in isolation or as  a  substitute  for analysis of  our results as reported  under GAAP
as the excluded items may have significant effects on our  operating results and  financial  condition.
When evaluating our performance, you  should consider non-GAAP net income alongside other

51

financial performance measures, including various cash  flow metrics, net  income  and our other GAAP
results. Additionally, our non-GAAP  net income  measure may differ from  other  companies’ non-GAAP
net income as it is a non-GAAP disclosure.

The following is a reconciliation of Non-GAAP  net income  to  net income for each of the periods

indicated:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-GAAP adjustments:

One-time tax benefit due to reorganization to a

corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-cash equity-based compensation . . . . . . . . . .
Non-cash equity-based compensation  tax benefit .

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

$ 47,543

$21,864

(in thousands)
$18,938

$18,842

$19,645

(28,811)
10,385
(1,136)

—
2,122
(41)

—
1,114
(8)

—
1,833
—

—
2,032
—

Non-GAAP net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 27,981

$23,945

$20,044

$20,675

$21,677

Free Cash Flow

To provide investors with additional information regarding our  financial results,  we have  disclosed
within this Annual Report on Form 10-K Free Cash Flow, a non-GAAP  financial  measure.  We define
Free Cash Flow as our cash provided by operating activities, adjusted for cash interest  income,  and
subtracting capital expenditures. We believe  that Free Cash Flow  is an important measure of operating
performance because it allows management, investors and others to evaluate the cash that we generate
after the financing of projects required  to  maintain  or expand  our asset base. When evaluating our
performance, you should consider Free  Cash  Flow alongside  other financial performance measures,
including various cash flow metrics, net  income  and our other  GAAP results. Additionally,  our  Free
Cash Flow measure may differ from  other  companies’ Free Cash Flow  as it  is a non-GAAP disclosure.

The following is a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net  cash provided  by operating  activities for

each  of the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . .
Interest (expense) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$45,534
(47)
(4,062)

$39,547
10
(3,442)

(in thousands)
$28,726
19
(1,116)

$27,151
5
(747)

$29,064
18
(381)

Free cash flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$41,519

$36,095

$27,591

$26,399

$28,665

52

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis  of  the financial  condition and  results of  our operations should be

read in conjunction with the consolidated  financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
filing.  In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains  forward-
looking statements that reflect our plans,  estimates and beliefs. These  statements involve risks and
uncertainties and our actual results could differ materially from those discussed  below.  See  the ‘‘Forward
Looking  Statements and Industry Data’’  disclosure in Item 1 above for  a discussion of the uncertainties,
risks and assumptions associated with these  statements. See also  the  ‘‘Risk Factors’’  disclosure in Item 1A.
above for additional discussion of such risks.

Overview

We  operate an industry-leading global marketplace for commercial digital imagery. Commercial
digital imagery consists of licensed photographs, illustrations and videos that companies use  in their
visual communications, such as websites, digital and print marketing materials, corporate
communications, books, publications and video  content. Demand  for commercial digital imagery comes
primarily from businesses, marketing  agencies and  media organizations.

Our global online marketplace brings  together users of commercial  digital imagery with  image
creators from around the world. More  than 750,000 active, paying  users  contributed to revenue  in 2012.
We  have historically benefitted from  a  high degree of revenue retention  from both subscription-based
and On Demand customers. For example, in 2012,  2011 and 2010, we experienced year-to-year revenue
retention of 100%, 102%, and 96%, respectively. This means that customers that contributed  to
revenue in 2011 contributed, in the aggregate, 100% as much revenue  in 2012 as  they did in 2011.
More than 40,000 approved contributors make their images  available  in our collection, which  has grown
to more  than 23 million images. This  makes our collection one of the largest  of its  kind and, in the
twelve months ended December 31, 2012,  we  delivered  more than  76 million  paid downloads (including
both commercial and editorial images)  to  our customers. We believe  that  we delivered the highest
volume of commercial image downloads in this period of  any single brand  in our industry.

(cid:127) In  2003, we launched the initial version of our website and became  one of the first companies in

our  industry to offer a simple subscription-based payment model. Since then, we have
continually enhanced our platform, achieving  key  product development  and business milestones
that have driven our revenue and traffic growth:

(cid:127) (cid:1)n November 2005, we launched our first  foreign language website, in  Japanese.  We  currently
make our website available in a total of fourteen languages  and  transact  in eight currencies on
shutterstock.com, including U.S. Dollars, Euros, British  Pounds  and Yen.

(cid:127) In  February 2006, we began offering video footage in  addition  to  our collection of still  images.

(cid:127) In  June 2007, we launched Shutterstock On The Red Carpet , a program that facilitates the

acquisition of press passes for Shutterstock  contributors  so that they can photograph  newsworthy
events.

(cid:127) In  August 2008, we launched an On Demand purchase option  to  better  meet the needs of lower-

volume image users.

(cid:127) In  September 2009, we acquired certain assets and liabilities  of  Bigstockphoto, Inc., or Bigstock,
for approximately $3.3 million in cash. Bigstock offers its customers  the  option of  purchasing
‘‘credits,’’ which are redeemed as images are downloaded. In 2011, Bigstock also began offering
a Pay As You Go purchase option that  allows  customers to pay a fixed price as  and when they
download images.

53

(cid:127) In  October 2009, we began offering each of our  customer’s indemnification  of  up to $10,000  to

cover legal costs or damages that may  arise from their use of  a  Shutterstock image and to signal
to customers that they can trust the quality and legal integrity  of content they license  through
our  marketplace. We subsequently began  offering  larger  indemnification amounts or unlimited
indemnification to  certain of our customers.

(cid:127) In  November 2011, we launched Shutterstock for iPad, an application enabling visitors to search,

browse and organize images using an iPad.

(cid:127) In  November 2012, we launched Shutterstock for iPhone, an application enabling visitors to

search, browse and organize images using an iPhone.

As an online marketplace, we generate revenue by selling  image licenses  and we pay royalties  to
contributors for each of their images  that is downloaded. Approximately  half of our revenue  and the
vast majority of our downloads come  from subscription-based users. These  customers can download and
use a large number of images in their  creative process without concern for the incremental cost  of each
image download. For users who need  fewer  images, we  offer simple, affordable,  On Demand pricing,
which  is presented as a flat rate across all  images and sizes. Since the  launch of our On Demand
purchase options in 2008, revenue from our On Demand purchase options has increased as a
percentage of our overall revenue and we expect that this trend will  continue.

Each  time an image or video is downloaded, we  record a royalty  expense for the amount due to

the associated contributor. Royalties  are calculated using either a fixed dollar amount or a  fixed
percentage of revenue as described on  our websites. Royalties  are paid  to contributors  on a monthly
basis subject to certain payout minimums. Royalties represent the largest component of  our operating
expenses and tend to increase proportionally with revenue.

Our cost of revenue is substantially similar  as a percentage of revenue for our On Demand and
subscription-based purchase options. While  contributors earn a fixed amount per download for some  of
our  plans, we have set the per-download amount  paid to our contributors for each of our purchase
options in such a way that contributors  earn more per download  from plans  where we collect higher
revenue per download. In other words, we strive  to  deliver a similar percentage to contributors
regardless of which purchase option  a  customer chooses. Cost of revenue  for our On  Demand  purchase
options has been slightly lower than that  of our subscription-based options; however, this  difference has
historically represented less than 5% of revenue. As  a result, we expect  that  any shifts in the  relative
popularity of these two purchase options will not substantially impact  our cost of revenue.

We  manage customer acquisition costs based on  the blended customer lifetime value across our
purchase options and so we are able to control our marketing expenses  as a percentage of revenue.  As
a result, we do not believe that shifts  in  the mix  between On Demand or subscription-based purchase
options will materially impact our operating margins. In addition,  the repeat  revenue characteristics of
customers whose first purchase was a  subscription-based purchase option are substantially  similar to
those whose first purchase was an On Demand purchase option.

We  have achieved  significant growth in  the last  three years. Our total revenue  has grown to

$169.6 million in 2012 from $120.3 million in  2011 and  $83.0 million in 2010,  representing a compound
annual growth rate of 43.0% since 2010.  As our  revenue has  grown, so have our  operating expenses,  to
$147.8 million in 2012 from $97.4 million in  2011 and $63.2 million in 2010, principally as  a result of
increased royalties, marketing costs and payroll expenses.

An important driver of our growth is customer acquisition, which  we  achieve  primarily through

online marketing efforts including paid  search, organic  search,  online  display advertising, email
marketing, affiliate marketing, social  media and strategic  partnerships. Over the  past number  of years,
we increased  our investments in marketing as a percentage  of  revenue. Since we  believe the market for
commercial digital imagery is at an early  stage,  we plan to continue  to  invest aggressively in customer

54

acquisition to achieve revenue and market  share growth.  We believe that  another important driver of
growth is the quality of the user experience we provide on our websites,  especially the efficiency with
which  our search interfaces and algorithms help customers find the images that they need, the degree
to which we make use of the large quantity of  data we collect about images and search patterns,  and
the degree to which our websites have  been localized for international audiences.  To  this end, we have
also invested aggressively in product development and we plan to continue to invest in this area.
Finally, the quality and quantity of content that we make available in  our collection  is another key
driver of our growth. The number of  approved and licensable images in  the Shutterstock collection is
currently over 23 million images to date,  making  it one  of  the largest  libraries of its kind.

Even as we have invested in our key growth drivers of customer acquisition, customer experience
improvement and content acquisition, we  have delivered strong profitability.  In 2012, our  net income
was $47.5 million and net cash from  operating activities was  $45.5 million. In  the same period, Adjusted
EBITDA, non-GAAP net income, and Free Cash Flow were $34.8  million, $28.0 million  and
$41.5 million, respectively. See Part II, Item  6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the heading
‘‘Selected Financial Data—Non-GAAP  Financial Measures.’’

From September 7, 2007 through October 5,  2012, we operated as  a New York  limited liability

company (the ‘‘LLC’’). In May 2012, in connection with the  filing  of a registration statement for our
initial public offering (the ‘‘IPO’’), we formed Shutterstock, Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation, as  a wholly-
owned subsidiary of the LLC. On October 5, 2012, the Company reorganized by way of a  merger of
the LLC with and into Shutterstock,  Inc.,  with Shutterstock,  Inc.  surviving  in the merger (the
‘‘Reorganization’’).

On October 16, 2012, we completed  our  IPO of  5,175,000 shares of common stock, including
675,000 shares sold as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment  option, at a price  of
$17.00 per share. The IPO resulted in net  proceeds to the Company  of approximately $81.8 million
after deducting underwriting discounts  and commissions, and before deducting total estimated expenses
in connection with the offering of $4.9  million.

Additionally, upon consummation of the  Reorganization, we recognized  the following one-time

acceleration charges for non-cash stock-based compensation:

(cid:127) a charge of approximately $2.4 million, net of  estimated forfeitures,  in connection  with a the

removal of the change of control condition  for our VAR  Plan  awards and exchanging them for
stock options; and

(cid:127) a charge of approximately $0.5 million in connection with  the removal of  the change of control

condition from the Profits Interest Agreement  entered into with  a Company employee.

Upon the effectiveness of the our registration  statement  on Form  S-1 (File  No. 333-181376) for

our  IPO on October 10, 2012, we incurred a one-time acceleration  for non-cash equity-based
compensation of approximately $3.6 million in connection with  the accelerated  vesting of  50% of the
unvested portion of the profits interest  award granted to an  executive officer  and related issuance of
302,917 shares of common stock which was based  on the exchange date fair value. There are  124,732
shares of common stock unvested as of  December 31, 2012.

Key Operating Metrics

In addition to key financial metrics, we regularly review  a number  of  key  operating metrics to
evaluate  our business, determine the allocation of resources and make decisions  regarding business
strategies. We believe that these metrics  are useful for  understanding the  underlying  trends in our

55

business. The following table summarizes  our key operating metrics,  which are unaudited, for the years
ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

Paid downloads (during period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revenue per download (during period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Images in collection (end of period) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

(in millions, except
revenue per download)
58.6
76.0
$2.05
$2.23
17.4
23.3

44.1
$1.88
13.3

Paid Downloads

Measuring the number of paid downloads  that our customers  make in any given period is
important because our revenue and contributor  royalties are  driven by paid download activity. For
customers that choose our On Demand purchase options,  each incremental download results in
incremental recognition of revenue. For customers that  choose  our subscription  purchase  options,  we
do not recognize revenue from each incremental  download, but we believe  that  download activity is an
important measure of the value that  a customer is  getting from a subscription and the likelihood that
he or she will renew. We define paid downloads as the  number of downloads that our customers make
in a given period of our photographs, vectors, illustrations  or  videos,  excluding re-downloads  of  images
that a customer has downloaded in the  past (which  do  not generate  contributor  royalty expense) and
downloads of our free image of the week  (which we  make available  as a means  of acquiring  new
customers and attracting existing customers to return to our websites more frequently).

Revenue per Download

We  define revenue per download as the amount of revenue recognized in a  given period divided
by the number of paid downloads in that  period.  This metric captures both  changes in our pricing as
well as the mix of purchase options that our customers  choose,  some of which  generate more  revenue
per  download than others. For example,  when a  customer pays  $49.00 for five On Demand images,  we
earn more revenue per download ($9.80)  than when  a customer  purchases a one-month subscription  for
$249.00 and downloads 100 images during  the month ($2.49).  Over the last  three years, revenue  from
each  of our purchase options has grown, however our fastest growing purchase options have  been those
that generate more revenue per download, most  notably our  On Demand purchase options. Due to this
change in product mix, our revenue per  download has increased steadily over the  last three  years.

Images in Collection

We  define images in collection as the total number of photographs, vectors and illustrations

available to customers on shutterstock.com at  any  point in time. We record this metric  as of the end of
a period. Offering a large selection of  images allows us to acquire  and  retain customers and, therefore,
we believe that broadening our selection of high-quality images is an important driver of our revenue
growth.

Basis of Presentation

Revenue

We  generate revenue by licensing commercial digital imagery. The  significant majority of our
revenue is generated via either subscription or On  Demand purchase  options.  We  generate subscription
revenue through the sale of subscriptions varying in length from 30 days  to 1 year. Our most popular
subscription offering allows up to 25 image downloads  per  day for a flat monthly fee. In substantially
all cases, we receive the full amount  of the subscription  payment by credit card  at the time of sale;

56

however, subscription revenue is recognized  on a  straight-line  basis over the subscription period. We
generate On Demand revenue through the sale of fixed packages of downloads varying in quantity  from
1 image to 25 images. We also generate On Demand revenue through Bigstock via the sale of both
credits plans (which enable a customer  to  purchase a fixed number of credits which  can then be utilized
to download images anytime within one year) and  Pay  As You Go pricing (which provides for simple
cash pricing of individual images). We typically  receive the  full  amount of the purchase at the time of
sale; however, revenue is recognized as images are downloaded or when the right  to  download images
expires (typically 365 days after purchase). We provide a number of  other  purchase  options which
together represented approximately 10% and 8% of our revenue in 2012  and 2011,  respectively. These
purchase options include custom accounts  (for customers that need multi-seat access, invoicing,  higher
or unlimited indemnification or a higher volume of images) and video footage (which are sold both
individually and in fixed packages). We  typically receive the full  amount of  the purchase at the  time of
sale; however, revenue is recognized as images or videos are downloaded  or when the  right to
download expires, typically 365 days after purchase. Some of our larger custom  accounts are invoiced at
or after the time of sale and pay us on  credit terms. Some custom accounts pay in quarterly
installments over the course of an annual  commitment.

Our deferred revenue consists of paid but unrecognized  subscription revenue, On Demand
revenue, and other revenue. Deferred  revenue is  recognized as  revenue  when images  or videos are
downloaded (On Demand), through  the passage of time  (subscriptions) or  when credits or the  right to
download images or videos expire, and when all other revenue recognition criteria have been  met.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue consists of royalties paid  to  contributors, credit card  processing

fees, image and video review costs, customer  service  expenses, the infrastructure costs related to
maintaining our websites and associated  employee compensation and  non-cash  equity-based
compensation, facility costs and other  supporting  overhead costs. We expect that our cost  of revenue
will increase in absolute dollars in the  foreseeable future as  our revenue grows.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses include third-party marketing, advertising,
branding, public relations and sales expenses.  Sales and marketing expenses also include  associated
employee compensation and non-cash  stock compensation, commissions and benefits as well as  facility
and  other supporting overhead costs. We expect sales and marketing  expenses to increase  in absolute
dollars  in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in new  customer acquisition.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist of headcount expenses,

including salaries, non-cash stock compensation, benefits and bonuses for salaried employees and
contractors engaged in product management, design, development and testing of our websites and
products. Research and development  costs also  include  facility and other supporting overhead costs. We
expense research and development expenses as incurred.  We expect research and development expenses
to increase in absolute dollars in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in developing new
products and enhancing the functionality of our  existing products.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses include employee  salaries and

non-cash stock compensation and benefits  for executive,  finance,  business development, accounting,
legal, human resources, internal information technology  and other administrative personnel. In
addition, general and administrative expenses include outside legal and accounting services, facilities
costs and other supporting overhead  costs. We expect to incur incremental general and  administrative
expenses to support our growth and to support operating as a  public company.

Provision for Income Taxes. Historically, we filed our income tax return as a  ‘‘pass through’’ New
York limited liability company for federal  and  state income tax purposes and were subject to taxation

57

on allocable portions of our net income and other taxes  based on various methodologies employed by
taxing authorities in certain localities. As  a limited liability company, we recognized  no federal and
state income taxes, as the members of  the LLC,  and  not  the entity  itself,  are subject to income tax on
their allocated share of our earnings. Historically, we generally  made monthly distributions to our
members under the terms of the LLC’s operating agreement, and subject  to  our operating cash  needs.
On October 5, 2012, we reorganized from a  limited  liability company to a Delaware corporation. Our
operating income tax rate has increased significantly as  we are  now subject to federal, state and  city
income tax at the Company level. See  Note 5 of the  Notes  to  Consolidated Financial Statements
included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual  Report on  Form 10-K

As we expand our operations outside  of the  United States, we may become subject to taxation

based in non-US jurisdictions and our  effective  tax rate could fluctuate accordingly.

Our U.S. GAAP income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, under which

deferred tax assets and liabilities are  determined based on the difference between the financial
statement and tax  bases of assets and  liabilities using enacted statutory income tax  rates  in effect for
the year in which the differences are  expected to affect  taxable income. Valuation allowances are
established when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to the  amount  expected to be realized.

Results of Operations

The following table presents our results of operations  for the  periods indicated. The

period-to-period comparisons of results  are not necessarily  indicative of  results for future  periods.

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

(in thousands)

$169,616

$120,271

$82,973

Consolidated Statements of Operations  Data:
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64,676
45,107
16,330
21,651

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147,764
21,852

Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(47)
21,805

(Benefit) provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . .

(25,738)

45,504
31,929
9,777
10,171

97,381
22,890

10
22,900

1,036

32,353
17,820
4,591
8,414

63,178
19,795

19
19,814

876

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 47,543

$ 21,864

$18,938

58

The following table presents the components of  our  results of operations  for the periods indicated

as a percentage of  revenue:

Consolidated Statements of Operations  Data:
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended
December 31,

2012

2011

2010

100% 100% 100%

38
26
10
13

87

13
0

38
27
8
8

81

19
0

19
1

39
21
6
10

76

24
0

24
1

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Benefit) provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13
(15)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28% 18% 23%

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and  December 31,  2011

The following table presents our results of operations  for the  periods indicated:

Consolidated Statements of Operations  Data:
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64,676
45,107
16,330
21,651

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147,764

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income / (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Benefit) provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21,852
(47)

21,805
(25,738)

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

$ Change

% Change

(in thousands)

$169,616

$120,271

$ 49,345

41%

45,504
31,929
9,777
10,171

97,381

22,890
10

22,900
1,036

19,172
13,178
6,553
11,480

50,383

(1,038)
(57)

(1,095)
(26,774)

42
41
67
113

52

(5)
(570)

(5)
*

*%

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 47,543

$ 21,864

$ 25,679

* Not Meaningful

Revenue

Revenue increased by $49.3 million, or  41%, to $169.6 million in  2012 compared  to  2011. This
increase in revenue was primarily attributable  to  growth in paid downloads and an increase  in revenue
per  download. In 2012 and 2011, respectively, we delivered  76.0 million and  58.6 million paid
downloads, and our average revenue  per download increased to $2.23  from $2.05. Paid downloads

59

increased primarily due to the acquisition  of  new  customers. Revenue per download increased primarily
due to growth in our On Demand offerings, which  capture  a higher effective price per image.
Comparing 2012 to 2011, revenue from North America increased to 35%  from 34% while revenue from
Europe decreased to 37% from 40% and  revenue from the  rest  of  the world  increased  to  28% from
26%.

Cost and Expenses

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue increased by $19.2 million, or  42%, to $64.7 million in 2012
compared to 2011. Royalties increased  $1453 million, or 42%,  driven by an increase in downloads  from
existing and new customers. Credit card  charges increased $0.9 million or 17% driven by an  increase in
card volume activity in 2012. Employee-related costs  increased  $1.8 million, or 72%,  driven by
increased average headcount in customer  service, content and website  operations  to  46 at  year-end
2012 from 35 employees at year-end 2011 to support increased customer  volume, a more  robust website
infrastructure and the one time acceleration  and vesting post reorganization  of  non-cash equity-based
compensation in the amount of $0.2 million. Other costs associated with  website hosting, content
consulting and allocation of depreciation  and  amortization expense  increased by $1.9 million,  or 76%,
to $4.3 million in 2012 compared to  2011.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased  by  $13.2 million,  or 41%, to
$45.1 million in 2012 compared to 2011. Advertising expenses  increased  by  $6.8 million, or 27%, as
compared to the prior period, as a result  of increased spending  on both online and offline advertising,
including spending on both search and display advertising globally. Employee-related expenses
increased by $4.9 million, or 103%, driven by  increases in sales and marketing average  headcount  to
63 employees at year-end 2012 from 36 employees  at year-end 2011,  increased sales  commissions as  a
result of growing revenue from direct sales and the  one time acceleration and vesting post
reorganization of non-cash equity-based compensation in  the amount of $0.8  million.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased by $6.6 million, or

67%, to $16.3 million in 2012 compared  to 2011. Employee-related costs increased by $5.3  million or
78%, driven by increases in product, engineering and quality assurance average headcount to
76 employees at year-end 2012 from 54 employees  at year-end 2011 and the one time acceleration and
vesting post reorganization of non-cash equity-based compensation in the  amount  of $1.7 million. The
increased average headcount costs were  driven by  an increasing number of research and development
initiatives for our websites, including  significant and  ongoing efforts to improve our search capabilities.
In addition, consulting costs increased by $0.7  million primarily due to costs  associated with outsourced
development and quality assurance services related to employee headcount growth.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by $11.5 million,  or
113%, to $21.7 million in 2012 compared to 2011.  Employee-related expenses  increased by $7.2 million,
or 115%, driven by increases in finance,  legal, human  resources, internal information technology and
business intelligence personnel average  headcount to 35 employees at  year-end 2012 from  24 employees
at year-end 2011 to support the growth in our  revenue  and  the infrastructure  necessary  to  operate  as a
public company. Included in the employee-related  expense increase is non-cash equity-based
compensation increase in the amount  of  $5.6  million related to the one  time acceleration and vesting
post Reorganization of non-cash equity-based compensation  in the amount of $4.9 million  and vesting
of a common member’s ownership interest in the amount of $0.7 million, as more fully described in
Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II,  Item 8 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K. In addition, professional fees increased by $1.3 million, or 128%, because  of
additional expenses associated with incremental fees related  to  being  a public company.

Income Taxes.

In 2012, we recorded a one-time non-cash tax benefit  of  $28.8 million as a  result of

recognition of deferred tax assets resulting  from our tax status change to be subject to taxation as a

60

corporation commencing October 5,  2012.  The  computation of  the  effective tax  rate includes earnings
incurred prior to October 5, 2012 when we were  subject to  New  York City unincorporated business tax
as a partnership. Our on-going effective corporate  tax rate is expected to be approximately 40%  as
compared to our historical effective tax  rate of approximately 2%  and, therefore, comparison of
effective tax rate would result in a comparison that is not meaningful as more fully described  in Note 5
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements included  in Part II,  Item 8 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and  December 31,  2010

The following table presents our results of operations  for the  periods indicated:

Consolidated Statements of Operations  Data:
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2011

2010

$ Change %  Change

(in thousands)

$120,271

$82,973

$37,298

45%

45,504
31,929
9,777
10,171

97,381

22,890
10

22,900
1,036

32,353
17,820
4,591
8,414

63,178

19,795
19

19,814
876

13,151
14,109
5,186
1,757

34,203

3,095
(9)

3,086
160

41
79
113
21

54

16
(47)

16
18

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 21,864

$18,938

$ 2,926

15%

Revenue

Revenue increased by $37.3 million, or 45%,  to  $120.3 million in  2011 compared  to  2010. This
increase in revenue was primarily attributable to growth  in paid downloads and an increase  in revenue
per  download. In 2011 and 2010, respectively, we delivered  58.6 million and  44.1 million paid
downloads, and our average revenue  per download increased to $2.05  from $1.88. Paid downloads
increased primarily due to the acquisition  of new customers. Revenue per download increased primarily
due to growth in our On Demand offerings,  which capture  a higher effective price per image.
Comparing 2011 to 2010, revenue from North America remained unchanged  at 34%  while revenue
from Europe  decreased to 40% from 41% and revenue from the rest of the world increased  to  26%
from 25%.

Cost and Expenses

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue increased by $13.2 million,  or 41%, to $45.5 million in 2011
compared to 2010. Royalties increased  $10.8  million, or  47%,  driven by an increase in downloads  from
existing and new customers. Credit card  charges  remained  substantially unchanged at $5.1 million as
increasing card volume in 2011 was offset  by significantly lower credit card processing  fees  per
transaction as we switched the majority  of our credit card processing to a new vendor in 2011.
Employee-related costs increased $1.1 million,  or 60%, driven by  increased headcount in  customer
service, content and website operations to 37 at year-end 2011 from 31 employees at year-end 2010 to
support increased customer volume and  a more robust  website infrastructure.

61

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased  by  $14.1 million,  or 79%, to
$31.9 million in 2011 compared to 2010. Advertising expenses,  the largest component of our sales and
marketing expenses, accounted for approximately  86%  of  that increase, as  such expenses increased by
$12.1 million, or 89%, as compared to the  prior period, as a result of increased spending on  both
online and offline advertising, including spending  on both search and display advertising globally.
Employee-related expenses increased by $1.4 million, or 41%,  driven by increases in sales and
marketing headcount to 40 employees at year-end 2011 from 36 employees at year-end 2010 and
increased sales commissions as a result  of  growing revenue from  direct sales. These  cost increases  were
partially offset by the closure of our telesales  call center in Saratoga Springs, New York, which had
expenses  of $0.9 million in 2010.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased by $5.2 million, or

113%, to $9.8 million in 2011 compared  to 2010. Employee-related costs increased by $3.3  million or
94%, driven by headcount increases in product, engineering  and  quality assurance to 63 employees at
year-end 2011 from 33 employees at year-end 2010. The increased  headcount costs were driven by an
increasing number of research and development initiatives for our websites, including significant and
ongoing efforts to improve our search  capabilities.  In addition, recruiting  expenses increased by
$0.6 million, and consulting costs increased  by $0.5 million primarily due to costs associated with
outsourced development and quality assurance services.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by $1.8 million,  or
21%, to $10.2 million in 2011 compared  to 2010. Employee-related expenses  increased by $1.3 million,
or 67%, as we increased finance, legal,  human resources, internal information technology and business
intelligence personnel to 29 employees  at  year-end 2011 from  19 employees at year-end  2010 to support
the growth in our revenue and the infrastructure  necessary to operate  as a public company. Non-cash
equity-based compensation expense increased  by $1.0 million, or 91%, due to the ongoing vesting of a
common member’s ownership interest,  as more fully described in Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Part II,  Item 8 of  this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In 2011,
post-acquisition service compensation  related to a former  employee of Bigstock decreased  by
$0.6 million.

Income Taxes.

Income tax expense increased by $0.2  million,  or 18%, to $1.0  million in 2011

compared to 2010 due to increased New York City unincorporated business tax resulting from
increased taxable income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $102.1 million, which primarily
consisted of money market mutual funds  and checking accounts.  Since inception, we have financed our
operations primarily through cash flow generated  from operations. Historically,  our principal  uses of
cash have been funding our operations, capital expenditures and distributions to members.  On
October 4, 2012, we made a final distribution to members constituting approximately all of the cash
generated from the operations of the  LLC,  since the last distribution to members  and any other cash
and cash equivalents on hand at the time  of  the distribution, other than any  amounts received  under
the term loan facility, as described below. Following  this  final distribution, no additional distributions
were made to members of the LLC.  Additionally,  following  the Reorganization, our tax rate and
related tax payments have increased significantly  as we became subject to federal, state and additional
city income tax.

As discussed in greater detail under  ‘‘Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of  Financial

Condition and Results of Operations—Financing Transactions’’ below, we entered into a term loan
facility in September of 2012 that provided for  a $12 million term loan. Following  the final distribution
to members described above, the borrowings from the  term  loan facility were and  will continue to be

62

used to fund the short-term capital needs  of our operations following the final  distribution to members
described above and our IPO. On December 24, 2012, we paid down $6.0 million of the  term loan.
Additionally, we believe our existing cash and cash equivalents  and cash flow generated from
operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure for  at least the  next
twelve months and repay the remainder  of the  term loan  facility by its due date on September 21, 2013.

We  plan to finance our operations and capital expenses largely through our operations. Since  our

results of operations are sensitive to the  level of  competition we face,  increased competition could
adversely affect our liquidity and capital resources,  both by  reducing our revenues  and our net  income,
as a result of reduced sales, reduced prices and increased promotional activities, among other factors,
as well as by requiring us to spend cash on advertising and marketing in an effort  to  maintain  or
increase market share in the face of such competition. In addition, the advertising and marketing
expenses used to maintain market share  and support future  revenues will  be  funded  from current
capital resources or from borrowings or  equity  financings. As a result, our ability to grow our business
relying largely on funds from our operations is  sensitive to competitive  pressures and other risks
relating to our liquidity or capital resources.

On October 16, 2012, we completed  our  IPO of  5,175,000 shares of common stock, including
675,000 shares sold as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment  option, at a price  of
$17.00 per share. The IPO resulted in net  proceeds to the Company  from the offering of approximately
$81.8 million after deducting underwriting discounts  and commissions, and before deducting  total
estimated expenses in connection with the offering of $4.9  million.

We  currently intend to retain all available  funds and any future earnings for  use in  the operation

of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash  dividends  on our common stock  in the
foreseeable future. Any future determination  relating to our  dividend policy will be made  at the
discretion of our board of directors, based on our  financial  condition, results  of operations,  contractual
restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other  factors our board of directors may deem
relevant.

Financing Transactions

On September 21, 2012, we entered  into a  loan and  security agreement  with Silicon Valley Bank

providing for a $12.0 million term loan  facility, which we refer to as  the term loan  facility. We  will use
the net proceeds from the term loan facility for working capital and general business purposes.

The term loan facility provides for a term  loan of $12.0  million and matures on  the earlier of
(i) September 21, 2013 and (ii) the date on  which such  facility is accelerated following the occurrence
of an event of default. The term loan facility provides for  interest on the term  loan, at  our  option, at
the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal  minus 0.75%,  or  a LIBOR-based  rate plus a
margin of 2.00%. We selected the one-month  LIBOR-based rate  and can select a  new interest rate
option after the month expires.

On December 24, 2012, we paid down $6.0  million  of  our  term loan  facility.  As of December 31,

2012, we had $6.0 million in outstanding  borrowings under  the term loan  facility.

The term loan facility includes financial covenants  of  a minimum EBITDA determined quarterly,

measured on  a trailing 12 month basis and a minimum liquidity  requirement.

The term loan facility also includes customary negative and affirmative covenants including, among

others, limitations on our ability to: (i)  incur additional  debt; (ii) create liens;  (iii) make certain
investments, loans and advances; (iv)  sell assets;  (v) pay dividends or  make distributions or other
restricted payments; (vi) engage in mergers or  consolidations (other  than  the Reorganization);  or
(vii) change our business.

63

Amounts under the term loan facility  may  become due upon certain events  of default including,

among others, failure to comply with the  term loan facility’s covenants, bankruptcy, default  on certain
other indebtedness or a change in control. The default  rate under the  term loan facility is  an additional
2.00% per annum over the otherwise applicable  rate.

All obligations under the term loan facility  are secured by  substantially all of our assets, other than

our  intellectual property.

At December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with  the financial covenants  and other covenants

applicable to us under the term loan  facility.

Sources of Funds

We  believe, based on our current operating  plan, that our cash and  cash  equivalents, and cash

from operations, including borrowings under  our  term loan facility, will be sufficient  to  meet our
anticipated cash needs for at least the  next 12 months.

Uses of Funds

Capital Expenditures. Consistent with previous periods, future capital expenditures  will focus on
acquiring additional servers and network connectivity hardware and software, leasehold improvements
and  furniture and fixtures related to office  expansion and general  corporate  infrastructure. We
anticipate capital expenditures of approximately $11.0 million for 2013. See Note  7 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in  Part II,  Item  8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for
information regarding capital expenditures for the  twelve  months ended December 31, 2012.

Historical Trends

The following table summarizes our cash flow data for 2012, 2011 and 2009, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . .
Net  cash (used in) investing activities . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by(used in) financing

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

$45,534
$ (4,259)

(in thousands)
$ 39,547
$ (3,419)

$ 28,726
$ (1,219)

activities(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$46,724

$(28,575)

$(25,900)

(1) Comprised of distributions to LLC members  for years  ended  2012, 2011, and 2010.

Includes net proceeds from the IPO and proceeds offset  by repayments  of  the term loan
facility for year ended 2012. No further distributions to members were made  following  the
Reorganization.

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Our primary source of cash from operating activities  is cash collections from  our customers. The

majority of our revenues are generated from credit card  transactions and are typically  settled within
one to five business days. Our primary  uses of  cash for operating activities are for  settlement of
accounts payable to contributors, vendors  and  personnel-related expenditures.

In 2012, net cash provided by operating activities was $45.5 million, an  increase of 15%  compared
to the same period in 2011, including  net income  of $47.5 million which reflected a one-time non-cash
tax benefit of $28.8 million as a result  of  recognition  of  deferred tax assets  resulting from our tax status

64

change to be  subject to taxation as a corporation and non-cash  compensation  of $10.4 million. Cash
inflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities  included an  increase in deferred revenue  of
$9.5 million, primarily related to an increase in  both  subscription and  On Demand revenue. Accounts
payable and other  operating liabilities increased  by $6.2 million as trade payables grew in both average
size and volume and payroll costs increased  due to headcount  expansion. Contributor royalties payable
increased by $1.7 million due to increasing  royalty expenses  generated by increased customer  download
activity.

In 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $39.5 million, an  increase of 38%  compared
to 2010, including net income of $21.9  million  and non-cash compensation of $2.1  million.  Cash inflows
from changes in operating assets and  liabilities included an  increase in  deferred revenue  of $8.8 million,
primarily related to an increase in both  subscription and  On Demand revenue. Accounts payable
increased by $5.7 million as trade payables grew in both average size and volume. Additionally,  we
changed the payment date of our annual  performance bonuses and the  payment date of a significant
trade payable, which together accounted for $2.9 million of the increase. Contributor  royalties payable
increased by $1.3 million due to increasing  royalty expenses  generated by increased customer  download
activity.

In 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $28.7 million, an  increase of 6%  compared

to 2009, including net income of $18.9  million  and non-cash compensation of $1.1  million.  Cash inflows
from changes in operating assets and  liabilities included an  increase in  deferred revenue  of $5.4 million
primarily related to an increase in revenue, and an increase in contributor royalties payable of
$1.1 million due to increased royalty  expenses  generated by increased customer  download activity.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted  primarily of capital expenditures to purchase software and
equipment related to our data centers, as  well as  capitalization of software and  website development
costs.

Cash used in investing activities in 2012 was  $4.3 million,  consisting entirely of capital

expenditures, primarily for server and  office equipment.

Cash used in investing activities in 2011 was  $3.4 million,  primarily  consisting of capital

expenditures, primarily for server equipment,  office equipment and capitalized website development
costs.

Cash used in investing activities in 2010 was  $1.2 million,  primarily  consisting of capital

expenditures, primarily for server and  office equipment.

Financing Activities

In 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $46.7 million and  comprised  primarily  of
proceeds from our IPO, net of issuance  costs, of $81.8 million  and proceeds from our term  loan facility
of $12.0 million. We historically made  monthly  distributions  to  our LLC  members typically equaling the
cash in excess of that required for general  working  capital.  In connection with the Reorganization,
these distributions ceased, with the final distribution to members occurring  on October 4, 2012.  These
monthly distributions, including the final  distribution totaled $36.0  million during  2012. In addition  we
paid $4.9 million related to offering costs  and paid down $6.0 million of our term loan facility.

In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010,  cash  used  in financing activities was $28.6 million

and $25.9 million, respectively, consisting entirely  of distributions to members.

65

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We  lease office facilities in New York, New York,  under operating lease agreements  that  expire

from 2013 to 2015. We also have various  co-location  agreements with  third-party hosting facilities that
expire in 2012 and 2013. We anticipate  leasing additional  office  space and increasing our  co-location
facilities, consistent with our historical  business  model. Additionally, we  have a term loan facility that is
due in September 21, 2013 as discussed  in ‘‘Part II,  Item 7 of this Annual Report on  Form 10-K under
the heading ‘‘Management’s Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results  of
Operations—Financing Transactions.’’  We do  not  have any  material capital lease  obligations, and  our
property, equipment and software have  been purchased  primarily with cash. Our  future minimum
payments under non-cancelable operating  leases  and purchase obligations  are as follows as of
December 31, 2012:

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less Than
1 Year

1 - 3 Years

3 - 5 Years

More Than
5 Years

Operating lease obligations . .
Co-location obligations . . . . .
Term loan facility . . . . . . . . .
Purchase obligations . . . . . . .

$ 2,296
1,442
6,000
1,968

$1,669
1,059
6,000
1,216

(in thousands)
$ 418
383
—
560

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$11,706

$9,944

$1,361

$209
—
—
192

$401

$—
—
—
$—

$—

We  expanded our office facilities in our current location during 2012 under an operating lease
agreement that expires in November  2013. Additionally, we expanded  our co-location agreements  with
third-party hosting facilities due to our business growth  and entered into a new software license
agreement to accommodate our business  growth, which  agreements expire  between 2013 and 2015. We
also enter into contractual arrangements  under which  we agree to provide indemnification  of varying
scope and terms to customers with respect  to  certain matters, including,  but not limited to, losses
arising out of the breach of such agreements for  damages directly attributable to a breach by us. We
are not responsible for any damages, costs, or losses to the  extent such damages or losses arise as  a
result of the modifications made by the customer,  or the context in which an  image is used.  The
standard maximum aggregate obligation  and  liability  to  any one customer for all claims is limited  to
$10,000. We offer certain of our customers greater  levels of indemnification, including  unlimited
indemnification. We have experienced nominal losses  to  date as  a  result  of  the indemnification we  offer
and, as such, our reserves for indemnification-related  losses  are also  nominal.  We  believe that we  have
the appropriate insurance coverage in  place  to  adequately cover such  indemnification obligations, if
necessary.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting principles
in the United States, or GAAP. The  preparation  of the consolidated financial statements in  conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires our management to make  a
number of estimates and assumptions  relating  to  the reported amounts of assets and  liabilities,  the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at  the date of the consolidated financial statements, and
the reported amounts of revenue and  expenses  during the period. We evaluate  our  significant estimates
on an ongoing basis, including, but not limited to, estimates related to goodwill,  intangibles, equity-
based compensation, income tax provisions  and  certain non-income tax  accruals. We base our  estimates

66

on historical experience and on various  other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis  for making judgments  about  carrying value  of assets
and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Actual results  could  differ  from those
estimates.

We  believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with our revenue  recognition, allowance

for doubtful accounts, stock based compensation,  accounting for non-income and  income  taxes,
goodwill and intangible assets and advertising  costs have the  greatest potential  impact  on our financial
statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting  policies and estimates.

Emerging Growth Company

Section 107 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act  of  2012, or  the  JOBS Act provides  that an

‘‘emerging growth company’’ can take  advantage of the extended transition period provided in
Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act  of 1933, as amended, for  complying with new or revised
accounting standards. However, we have chosen to opt out of any extended transition period, and as a
result we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates  on which  adoption
of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.  Section  107 of the JOBS  Act
provides that our decision to opt out of  the extended transition period  for  complying with  new or
revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We  will continue to evaluate the benefits of relying on  other  reduced reporting requirements
provided by the JOBS Act from time to time until we  are no longer subject to the JOBS Act.  Subject
to certain conditions set forth in the  JOBS  Act, if,  as an ‘‘emerging growth company’’, we choose to
rely on such exemptions we may not  be  required  to,  among  other things,  (i) provide an  auditor’s
attestation report on our system of internal  controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404,
(ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure  that may be required  of non-emerging growth  public
companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall  Street Reform and  Consumer Protection Act, (iii)  comply with
any requirement that may be adopted  by  the Public Company  Accounting Oversight  Board, or the
PCAOB, regarding mandatory audit firm  rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing
additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and  analysis),
and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items  such as the correlation  between  executive
compensation and performance and  comparisons of the CEO’s  compensation to median employee
compensation.

Revenue Recognition

All revenue, net of refunds, is generated from the  license of  digital  content through subscription  or

usage based purchase options. These purchase options include:  subscription, On Demand, Pay As You
Go, which was introduced in July 2011,  and  credit packs. We recognize revenue when the  following
four  criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence  of  an arrangement; performance  or delivery of
services has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably  assured.
We  consider persuasive evidence of an arrangement to be an electronic  order  form, or a signed
contract, which contains the fixed pricing  terms. Performance or  delivery is considered to have occurred
upon either the ratable passage of time  over the  contract period, a usage basis  or upon  the expiration
of a contract period for which there  are  unused  downloads or credits. Collectability is  reasonably
assured since substantially all of our customers purchase  products by making  electronic payments  at the
time of a transaction with a credit card.  We established  a chargeback allowance  based on factors
surrounding historical credit card chargeback trends and other information. As of December 31, 2012
and 2011, we recorded a chargeback allowance of $0.1 million as  of each period,  which is  included in
other liabilities. Collectability is assessed  for customers who pay on credit based on a credit evaluation
for new  customers and transaction history with existing  customers. We established a bad debt allowance
of $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively,  as of December 31, 2012  and  2011. There was no need

67

for a bad debt allowance as of December  31, 2010. Any cash received in  advance  of  revenue
recognition is recorded as deferred revenue.

Subscription plans range in length from  thirty days to one year. Subscription plan  revenues are
recognized on a straight-line basis using  a daily convention method over the plan term. On  Demand
plans are for  a one-year term and permit the  customer to download  up to a fixed quantity  of  images.
On Demand revenues are recognized  at  the time  the customer downloads the  digital  content on an
image by image basis. Revenue related to unused  image downloads, if any, is  recognized in  full at  the
end of the plan term. Pay As You Go plans provide for  individual image downloads. We recognize
revenue as the customer downloads images.  Credit-pack plans  are  for a one-year term and  provide for
the customer to purchase a fixed number of credits which can then be utilized to download  images.
The number of credits utilized for each  download will depend on the  image size and format.
Credit-pack revenues are recognized based on  customer usage  on  a  per  credit  basis as  images are
downloaded. Revenue related to unused  credits,  if any, is  recognized in full at the end of  the plan
term. Most plans automatically renew at the end  of the plan term unless  the customer  elects not to
renew. We recognize revenue from our four types of plans on  a gross basis in accordance  with the
authoritative guidance on principal agent considerations, as we are  the primary obligor in the
arrangement, we have latitude in establishing the  product’s price,  we perform a detailed review of the
digital content before accepting it into our collection to ensure it is of high quality before it may be
purchased by our customers, we can  reject contributor’s images in our sole discretion and  we have
credit risk.

Customers typically pay in advance (or upon commencement  of  term) via credit  card, wire  or

check. Fees paid or invoiced in advance are deferred and recognized as described  above. Customers
that do not pay in advance are invoiced  and  are required  to make  payment under standard credit
terms. We do not generally offer refunds  or  the right of  return to our customers.  There are situations
in which a customer may receive a refund which is determined on a case-by-case basis. As  we grow our
direct sales and custom accounts revenue,  a larger percentage of our  revenue  will be invoiced and
collected on credit terms.

We  also license digital content to customers through third  party resellers. We contract  with third
party resellers around the world to access markets  where we do  not have a significant  presence. Third
party resellers sell our products directly  to end-user customers and remit  a fixed amount to us based on
the type of plan sold. The terms of the  reseller program indicate that the third party  reseller  is the
primary obligor to the end-user customer  and bears  the risks and rewards as  principal  in the
transaction. In assessing whether our revenue should  be  reported on  a gross  or net basis  with respect  to
our  reseller program, we followed the  authoritative guidance  in ASC 605-45 Principal Agent
Considerations. We recognize revenue on a net basis in  accordance with  the type of plan sold, consistent
with the plan descriptions above. We generally do  not  offer refunds or the  right of return to resellers.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our accounts receivable are customer obligations  due under normal trade terms, carried at their
face value less an allowance for doubtful accounts if  required. We determine our allowance  for doubtful
accounts based on the evaluation of the aging  of our accounts receivable  and on a customer-by-
customer analysis of our high-risk customers. Our reserves contemplate our  historical  loss rate on
receivables, specific customer situations and the  economic environments in  which we  operate.  As of
December 31, 2012 and 2011, we recorded an allowance for doubtful  accounts of $0.2  million and
$0.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the Company determined there was no allowance
needed.

68

Equity-Based Compensation

Between June 7, 2007 and October 5, 2012, we were organized  as a  limited  liability  company.

Beginning in 2011, we granted equity rights similar to options under our Value Appreciation  Rights
Plan (‘‘VAR Plan’’) in the form of value  appreciation rights (the  ‘‘VAR  Plan awards’’). Each VAR Plan
award had an exercise price, a vesting  period and an expiration date,  in addition to other terms  and
conditions similar to typical equity option  grant  terms and  conditions. The VAR Plan awards were
subject to a time-based vesting requirement and a  condition  that a change of control  occur for a
payment to trigger with respect to the  VAR Plan awards. In connection with the Reorganization,  all  of
the VAR Plan awards were exchanged  for options to purchase an aggregate  of  1,661,719 shares  of
common stock of Shutterstock, Inc. with only a  time-based vesting requirement,  which were granted
pursuant to our 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the ‘‘2012 Plan’’).

We  measure and recognize equity-based compensation expense  for all equity-based payment
awards made to employees based on  estimated fair values.  The  value  portion of the award that is
ultimately expected to vest is recognized as  expense over the requisite service period.  For awards with a
change of control condition, an evaluation is made at the grant  date and  future  periods  as to the
likelihood of the condition being met. Compensation  expense is  adjusted in  future periods for
subsequent changes in the expected outcome  of the change of control  conditions until the  vesting  date.
Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant  and  revised, if  necessary, in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates.

We  use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value  of  stock options  and
other equity-based awards granted pursuant to the  2012 Plan or  outside the 2012  Plan,  stock  purchased
pursuant to the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ‘‘2012  ESPP’’) and the VAR Plan awards,
which  are discussed further in Note 9, Equity-Based Compensation, of the Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Part II,  Item 8 of this Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the twelve
months ended December 31, 2012.

The determination of the grant date  fair  value using  an option-pricing model requires judgment

and as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables.  These
variables include the fair value of the common ownership interest pre-IPO, our closing market price at
the grant date post-IPO, the expected unit price volatility over the expected  term of the awards,
awards’ exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free  interest  rates, and  expected dividends, which  are
estimated as follows:

(cid:127) Fair Value of Common Stock/Membership Unit. Prior to completion of the IPO, our fair value of
common ownership interest was estimated internally and approved by  the Board of  Managers
(the ‘‘BOM’’) because we were not publicly  traded.  Our intention upon granting VAR  Plan
awards was for the granted award to  have exercisable price  per  unit that was not less than  the
per  unit fair value of our common equity on the date  of grant. The valuations of  our common
equity unit were prepared in accordance with the  American Institute  of  Certified Public
Accountants Statement on Standards  for Valuation Services 1: Valuation of a Business, Business
Ownership Interest, Security, or Intangible Asset. The assumptions used in the valuation  model
were based on future expectations combined with our judgment. In the absence of a public
trading market, we exercised  significant judgment  and  considered numerous objective and
subjective factors to determine the fair value of the common equity unit  as of the date of each
VAR Plan award grant. Some but not all of these factors  included operating and financial
performance, current business conditions  and  projections,  the hiring of key personnel, our
history and introduction of new functionality and services,  our stage of development, the
likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for  the common ownership interests, any adjustment
necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common ownership interests, the market
performance of comparable publicly traded  companies, and  U.S. and global capital market

69

conditions. We also obtained independent third party valuations on a periodic basis. After
October 11, 2012, the date our common stock began trading on the NYSE, the  grant date  fair
value for stock-based awards will be based  on the  closing  price of our common stock on the
NYSE on the date of grant and fair value for all other  purposes related to  stock-based  awards
shall be the closing price of our common  stock on the  NYSE on  the relevant  date.

(cid:127) Expected Term. The expected term was estimated using  the simplified method allowed  under

Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’)  guidance.

(cid:127) Volatility. As we do not have a trading history for our common ownership interest pre-IPO or  a
significant range of our common stock post-IPO, the expected price volatility  for the  common
ownership interest and common stock  was  estimated  by taking  the average historic price
volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over  a  period equivalent to the
expected term of the VAR Plan awards  and  stock options granted post-IPO. Industry peers
consist of several public companies similar  in size,  stage of life cycle and financial leverage.  We
did not rely on implied volatilities of  traded options  in the industry peers’ common stock
because  the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue  to  consistently  apply
this process using the same or similar public companies  until a sufficient amount of historical
information regarding the volatility of the Company’s own common stock becomes available, or
unless circumstances change such that  the identified  companies are no longer similar to the
Company, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices  are publicly  available
would be utilized in the calculation.

(cid:127) Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the  yields of  U.S. Treasury

securities with maturities similar to the expected  term of for each award  group.

(cid:127) Dividend Yield. The Company has historically paid cash dividends  or distributions  to  its members.
Post-IPO, the Company does not intend to pay cash  dividends or  distributions in the foreseeable
future. As a result, the Company used an  expected dividend yield of zero.

If any  of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes significantly, the  fair value for
future awards may differ materially compared with  the awards  granted previously. The awards granted
pursuant to the 2012 Plan, the 2012 ESPP and VAR Plan are  subject to a time-based vesting
requirement. The majority of stock option awards granted under the  2012 Plan vest  over four years.
The 2012 ESPP provides for purchase periods  approximately every  six months  and a  participant must
be employed on the purchase date to  participate in the 2012 ESPP. The  VAR Plan awards had  a
condition that a change of control (as defined in  the VAR Plan)  must occur for a payment to trigger
with respect to the VAR Plan awards. In  connection  with our Reorganization, all of the VAR  Plan
awards were exchanged for options to  purchase  shares of common  stock of Shutterstock, Inc. As of
December 31, 2011, no equity-based compensation expense  had been  recognized  with respect to the
VAR Plan awards because the qualifying event  had not occurred. As of December 31, 2010,  there were
no VAR Plan awards outstanding. As  a  result  of  the completion of the IPO, the Company  began
recording share-based compensation expense using the  accelerated attribution method,  net of
forfeitures, based on the grant date fair  value of the VAR Plan awards  that  were exchanged  for options
to purchase shares of common stock  of  Shutterstock, Inc.  as part  of the Reorganization.

For any equity-based awards that qualified for liability classification pre-IPO, we  have elected to

use the intrinsic value method to value the common membership interest  in accordance with
authoritative guidance on stock compensation. See Note 9, Equity-Based Compensation, of the  Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements included in  Part II,  Item  8 of this Annual Report  on Form 10-K
for further information.

The total non-cash stock-based compensation expense we recognized  is approximately

$10.4 million, $2.1 million, and $1.1 million, during  the fiscal years ending December 31, 2012,  2011,
and  2010, respectively.

70

Income Taxes

The Company filed its income tax returns as a  limited  liability  company and was taxed  as a ‘‘pass

through’’ partnership for federal and  state income tax purposes  for all periods  prior to its
Reorganization on October 5, 2012. For  all periods prior to the  Reorganization,  the Company
recognized no federal and state income taxes,  as the members of the LLC,  and not the  Company itself,
were subject to income tax on their allocated share of the Company’s earnings.  However, the  Company
was subject to taxation on allocable portions  of its  net income or other taxes based on various
methodologies employed by taxing authorities in  certain localities.  The  Company generally made
monthly dividend distributions to its members under the  terms of the  LLC’s operating agreement,
subject to the Company’s operating cash  needs.

Effective upon the Reorganization, we became a Delaware corporation, and  therefore became
subject to federal and state tax expense.  As a result of this  tax  status change, the Company  recorded an
incremental net deferred tax asset and  a one-time non-cash tax benefit of $28,811.

The Company will file tax returns as  a partnership  for the period from January 1,  2012 through
October 5, 2012 and will file tax returns as  a corporation for the  period from  October 6,  2012 through
December 31, 2012.

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits using a more-likely-than-not threshold for
financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken  or expected  to  be  taken in  a
tax return. The Company establishes  reserves for tax-related uncertainties  based on estimates  of
whether, and the extent to which, additional  taxes will be due. The Company records  an income tax
liability, if any, for the difference between the benefit recognized and  measured and  the tax  position
taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax returns. To the extent  that  the assessment of  such
tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the  period in  which the determination is
made. The reserves are adjusted in light  of changing  facts  and circumstances, such as the  outcome of a
tax audit or lapses in statutes of limitations. Any reserve  for uncertain  tax provisions is  included in the
income tax provision. Penalties and interest,  if any, on uncertain tax positions  are included in income
tax expense. During the years ended December 31,  2012 and  2011, the  Company recorded an
unrecognized tax benefit in the amount  of  $745 and $60,  respectively, for uncertain tax positions related
to tax  positions taken in prior years.  During the year ended  December 31, 2010, the Company did not
record any unrecognized tax benefits. If these  unrecognized tax benefits  are ultimately recognized,  the
Company’s effective tax rate may be  impacted in future periods.

The Company recognizes interest expense and tax  penalties related to unrecognized tax  benefits in

income tax expense in the consolidated  statements  of operations.  The Company  did not accrue  or pay
any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax  benefits for the years ended  December 31, 2012,
2011 and 2010.

The Company assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and determined that based on the
available evidence, including a history  of taxable income and  estimates of future taxable income, it  is
more likely than not that the deferred tax  assets will  be  realized. The  Company will continue  to
evaluate  its ability  to realize deferred  tax  assets on a quarterly basis.  Significant management judgment
is required in determining the provision  for  income  taxes and deferred tax assets  and liabilities. In the
event that actual results differ from these estimates, the Company will  adjust these estimates in future
periods, which may result in a change in  the effective tax rate in  a future  year.

The Company is subject to requirements  for non-income taxes, including payroll,  value-added and

sales-based taxes. Where appropriate, the  Company  has made accruals  for  these  matters, which are
reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

71

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets acquired  in a  business combination  and  determined  to  have an

indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually on
October 1 of each fiscal year or more frequently  if  events occur or circumstances exist that indicate
that the fair value of a reporting unit  may  be  below  its  carrying value. Goodwill has been allocated  to
our  reporting units, for the purposes  of  preparing our impairment analyses,  based on a specific
identification basis. As a result of a combination  of factors in the second quarter of 2012, we concluded
that a triggering event had occurred  in the  Bigstockphoto, Inc. (‘‘Bigstock’’)  reporting unit indicating  a
potential impairment and a step 1 impairment test was performed as  of June  30, 2012. As a result of
performing the step 1 test for goodwill impairment in the second quarter  of  2012, we  concluded that
the fair value of the Bigstock reporting  unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no
requirement to perform step 2 of the analysis  and  we concluded that there is no impairment of
goodwill for the Bigstock reporting unit. If the June 30, 2012 fair  value estimate declined by as much as
20%, the estimated fair value of the Bigstock reporting  unit would still  exceed the carrying value. Based
on the results of the goodwill impairment annual assessment as of October 1,  2012, we  concluded that
the fair value of its reporting unit is  more than  its carrying amount, and therefore no  adjustment to the
carrying  value of goodwill was necessary. There  were no impairments  of  goodwill in any  of  the periods
presented  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  See  Note  2,  Goodwill  and  Intangibles,  of  the  Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements included in  Part II,  Item  8 of this Annual Report  on Form 10-K
for further information.

Advertising Costs

We  expense the cost of advertising and promoting our products as incurred. The majority of  our
advertising costs are related to search  engine  marketing  and  other online  advertising  and, to a  lesser
extent, tradeshow participation, print, advertising, affiliate  marketing  and  general branding  and market
awareness efforts.

Recent  Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements  included  in Part II, Item  8 of this

Annual Report on Form 10-K for a full description  of recent  accounting pronouncements, which  is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures About Market Risk.

We  are exposed to market risks in the ordinary  course of our business,  including risks related to

interest rate fluctuation, foreign currency  exchange rate fluctuation and inflation.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

Our cash  and cash equivalents consist of cash and  money  market accounts. The primary objective

of our investment  activities is to preserve  principal  while maximizing income without significantly
increasing risk. Because our cash and  cash equivalents  have a relatively short maturity,  our portfolio’s
fair value is not particularly sensitive  to  interest rate changes. We  determined that the nominal
difference in basis points for investing  our cash and cash equivalents  in longer-term  investments did not
warrant a change in our investment strategy. In future periods,  we  will continue to evaluate our
investment policy in order to ensure that  we  continue to meet  our overall objectives.

In addition, on September 21, 2012,  we entered into a loan and  security agreement  that  provides
for a $12.0 million term loan facility. The term loan bears interest, at our option, at either the prime
rate minus 0.75% or at LIBOR plus  2.00%. As of December 31, 2012, we had  $6.0 million in
outstanding borrowings under the term  loan facility. We do  not believe  an  increase in interest rates of

72

1 percentage  point would have a material effect on interest expense, and therefore we do  not  expect
our  operating results or cash flows to  be  materially affected to any degree  by  a sudden change  in
market interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Revenues derived from customers residing outside North America as a percentage of  total  revenue
was approximately 65% in 2012, 2011  and 2010. Our sales to international customers are denominated
in multiple currencies, including but not limited to the U.S.  Dollar, the Euro, the  British Pound and  the
Yen. Revenue denominated in foreign currencies as a percentage of total revenue was approximately
35% in each of 2012, 2011 and 2010.  We  have foreign currency  risks related to foreign-currency
denominated revenues. All amounts owed  and paid to our  foreign contributors are denominated  and
paid in U.S. Dollars. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates,  and in particular a  strengthening of  the
U.S. Dollars, will negatively affect our  revenue and other  operating results  as expressed in U.S. Dollars.
Based on our 2012 foreign currency denominated  revenue, a 10% change in  the exchange  rate of  the
U.S. Dollar against all foreign currency denominated revenues would result  in an approximately 3%
impact on our revenue.

Because we have determined our functional  currency to be the U.S. Dollar, we have  not

experienced material fluctuations in our net income as  a result of translation gains or losses. During
2012, 2011 and 2010, our foreign currency transaction gains  and losses were  immaterial. At this time  we
do not, but we may in the future, enter into derivatives or other financial instruments in order  to  hedge
our  foreign currency exchange risk. It is difficult  to  predict the impact hedging activities would have  on
our  results of operations.

Inflation Risk

We  do not believe that inflation has  had a material  effect on  our business, financial condition or
results of operations. If our costs were  to  become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may
not be able to fully offset such higher  costs  through price increases. Our  inability  or failure to do so
could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The information required by this item is  incorporated by reference  to  the consolidated financial

statements and accompanying notes set  forth on pages F-1 through F-33 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains a set of disclosure controls and  procedures  (as defined  in Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) designed to ensure that  information  required to be disclosed by the Company  in reports
that it files or submits under the Exchange  Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified in the  SEC’s rules  and forms. In  accordance with Rule  13a-15(b) of
the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered  by this Annual Report  on Form 10-K, an
evaluation was carried out under the  supervision and with  the participation of the  Company’s
management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,  of  the effectiveness of
its  disclosure controls and procedures.  Management recognizes  that any controls  and procedures, no

73

matter how well designed and operated,  can provide  only reasonable  assurance of achieving their
objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating  the cost-benefit relationship
of possible controls and procedures.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of  and for  the  year  ended

December 31, 2011, we identified a material  weakness in our internal control over financial reporting
with respect to our tax compliance process.  Specifically, it was determined that we did not have
adequate procedures and controls to  appropriately  comply  with, and account for, certain non-income
tax regulations. These non-income tax  issues related to underpayment of  international consumption  tax,
sales and use tax and royalty withholdings  compliance.  While  we have  begun taking  numerous steps to
remediate the underlying causes of the  material weakness during 2012,  primarily  through updating our
systems in order to collect the necessary  data and taxes to comply with our  required tax compliance
processes, we have not fully remediated  this material weakness as of December 31,  2012.

Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and  procedures,  and as a result  of the material

weakness described above, the Company’s  Chief  Executive Officer and  Chief Financial Officer
concluded that the Company’s disclosure  controls and procedures, as of the end of the  period covered
by this Annual Report on Form 10-K,  were not effective as of December  31, 2012. Notwithstanding the
material weakness described above, management believes that  the disclosure controls  and procedures
provide reasonable assurance that information  required to be disclosed  by  the Company in reports that
it files or submits under the Exchange  Act is  recorded, processed, summarized  and reported  within the
time periods specified in the SEC’s rules  and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the
Company’s management, including the  Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding  required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control  Over  Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered

Public Accounting Firm

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not  include a report of  management’s assessment
regarding internal control over financial  reporting or an  attestation report  of  our  independent
registered public accounting firm due to a  transition period established  by the  rules  of the Securities
and Exchange Commission for newly  public companies.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended
December 31, 2012 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our  internal
control over financial reporting.

Limitations on Controls

Our disclosure controls and procedures  and internal control over  financial reporting are  designed
to provide reasonable assurance of achieving  their objectives  as specified above. Management does  not
expect, however, that our disclosure controls  and procedures or our  internal control over  financial
reporting will prevent or detect all error  and  fraud. Any control  system, no matter how well  designed
and operated, is based upon certain assumptions  and can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
assurance that its objectives will be met. Further, no  evaluation of controls  can provide  absolute
assurance that misstatements due to  error  or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and
instances of fraud, if any, within the  Company have  been detected.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

74

Item 10. Directors, Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

We  have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics  that applies to  all of our directors,

officers and employees, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial and
accounting officer. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics  is available on  our investor relations
website at http://investor.shutterstock.com  in the Corporate Governance section. We will post any
amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of this  Code  of Business Conduct and Ethics by posting
such information on our website, at the address and  location specified above.

The other information required by Item 10 of this Annual Report on Form  10-K will be included

in our Definitive Proxy Statement to  be  filed  with the SEC  in connection  with the solicitation of
proxies for our 2013 Annual Meeting  of  Stockholders  (our ‘‘Proxy  Statement’’), which we expect  to  file
not later than 120 days after the end of  the fiscal  year to which this  report relates, and which  is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11  of this Annual Report on Form  10-K  will be included in  our

Proxy Statement, which we expect to file  not later than 120 days after  the end  of  the fiscal year to
which  this report relates, and which is  incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership Of Certain  Beneficial  Owners  And Management And Related

Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12  of this Annual Report on Form  10-K  will be included in  our

Proxy Statement, which we expect to file  not later than 120 days after  the end  of  the fiscal year to
which  this report relates, and which is  incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships And Related  Transactions, And  Director Independence

The information required by Item 13  of this Annual Report on Form  10-K  will be included in  our

Proxy Statement, which we expect to file  not later than 120 days after  the end  of  the fiscal year to
which  this report relates, and which is  incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principle Accountant Fees And Services

The information required by Item 14  of this Annual Report on Form  10-K  will be included in  our

Proxy Statement, which we expect to file  not later than 120 days after  the end  of  the fiscal year to
which  this report relates, and which is  incorporated herein by reference.

75

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement  Schedules.

PART IV

(a) The following documents are included as part of  this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’  Equity/Members’ (Deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6

(2) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this  Annual Report on

Form 10-K.

76

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders  of
Shutterstock, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets  and the related  consolidated

statements of operations, of stockholders’ equity/members’ deficit and  of  cash flows present fairly, in  all
material respects, the financial position of  Shutterstock, Inc. (formerly Shutterstock  Images LLC)  and
its  subsidiaries at December 31, 2012  and December 31,  2011, and the results  of their  operations  and
their cash flows for each of the three years in  the period ended December  31, 2012 in conformity  with
accounting principles generally accepted  in  the United States of America. These financial  statements
are the responsibility of the Company’s  management. Our responsibility is  to  express  an opinion on
these financial statements based on our  audits.  We conducted our audits  of  these  statements  in
accordance with the standards of the  Public  Company Accounting Oversight Board (United  States).
Those standards require that we plan  and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance  about
whether the financial statements are  free of  material  misstatement. An  audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  financial  statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made  by  management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We  believe  that our  audits  provide a reasonable basis for  our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
March 1, 2013

F-1

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value amount)

December 31,

2012

2011

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credit  card receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due from related party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$102,096
1,373
1,738
2,008
18,760
—

125,975
5,255
1,040
1,423
13,239
182

$ 14,097
964
647
1,554
644
168

18,074
3,844
1,029
1,423
58
427

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$147,114

$ 24,855

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED MEMBERS’ INTEREST,

MEMBERS’ DEFICIT AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contributor royalties payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Term loan facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commitments and contingencies (Note  7)
Redeemable preferred members’ interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stockholders’ equity/members’ deficit:

Common members’ interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000  shares authorized and  33,513 shares

outstanding as of December 31, 2012;  no shares were authorized  and
outstanding as of December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings/accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders’ equity/members’ deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,606
15,606
6,984
37,934
6,000
161

69,291
889

70,180

—

—

$ 1,838
10,875
5,261
28,451
—
85

46,510
2,548

49,058

33,725

5,699

335
48,282
28,317

76,934

—
—
(63,627)

(57,928)

Total liabilities, redeemable preferred members’ interest, and stockholders’

equity/members’ deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$147,114

$ 24,855

See accompanying notes to consolidated  financial statements

F-2

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In Thousands, Except For Share and  Per Share Data)

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

$

169,616

$

120,271

$

82,973

32,353
17,820
4,591
8,414

63,178

19,795
19

19,814
876

18,938

6,475
7,068

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64,676
45,107
16,330
21,651

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147,764

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (expense) income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Benefit) provision for income taxes

21,852
(47)

21,805
(25,738)

45,504
31,929
9,777
10,171

97,381

22,890
10

22,900
1,036

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less:

Preferred interest distributed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred interest accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undistributed (loss) earnings to participating shareholder/

$

47,543

$

21,864

$

9,000
—

7,144
4,058

members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4,086)

(2,692)

(3,659)

Net income available to common shareholders/members . . . .

$

42,629

$

13,354

$

9,054

Net income (loss) per basic share available  to  common

shareholders/members:
Distributed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undistributed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) per diluted share available to common

shareholders/members:
Distributed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undistributed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

$

Weighted average shares outstanding:

1.14
0.65

1.79

1.13
0.66

1.79

$

$

$

$

1.03
(0.39)

0.64

1.03
(0.39)

0.64

$

$

$

$

0.94
(0.50)

0.44

0.94
(0.50)

0.44

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23,785,299
23,833,223

20,849,242
20,849,242

20,770,041
20,770,041

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-3

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/MEMBERS’ DEFICIT

(In Thousands, Except Share Data)

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

Common
Membership
Capital

$ 4,782
—
917

—
—

5,699
—

5,699
—

Common Stock

Shares

Accumulated Deficit/
Amount Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings

Additional

— $ — $
— —
— —

— —
— —

— —
— —

— —
— —

—
—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

— —
— —
283
— —

—
—
(36,114)
7,558

$(52,447)
(19,425)
—

(7,068)
18,938

(60,002)
(21,431)

(4,058)
21,864

(63,627)
(27,000)
71,401
—

Total

$(47,665)
(19,425)
917

(7,068)
18,938

(54,303)
(21,431)

(4,058)
21,864

(57,928)
(27,000)
29,871
7,558

(5,699) 28,338,281

—

Balance at January 1, 2010 . . . .
Common members’ distribution
Equity-based compensation . . .
Preferred members’ interest

accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at December 31, 2010 .
Common members’ distribution
Preferred members’ interest

accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at December 31, 2011 .
Common members’ distribution
Conversion to corporation . . . .
Equity-based compensation . . .
Issuance of common stock in
connection with the initial
public offering, net of
issuance costs of $11,085 . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— 5,175,000
—

52
— —

76,838
—

—
47,543

76,890
47,543

Balance at December 31, 2012 .

$ — 33,513,281 $335

$ 48,282

$ 28,317

$ 76,934

See accompanying notes to consolidated  financial statements

F-4

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In Thousands)

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

CASH  FLOWS  FROM  OPERATING  ACTIVITIES

Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 47,543

$ 21,864

$ 18,938

Adjustments to  reconcile  net  income  to  net cash provided  by operating

activities:
Depreciation  and  amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-cash equity  based  compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bad  debt reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chargeback  reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of  deferred  financing fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in operating assets  and liabilities:

Credit card receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and  other  current  and  non-current assets . . . . . . . .
Due from related  party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable  and other  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contributors royalties payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes  payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,640
(31,300)
10,385
326
—
41

(409)
(1,417)
113
168
6,238
1,723
—
9,483

1,520
253
2,122
256
40
—

(261)
(553)
(1,211)
(24)
5,735
1,302
(316)
8,820

874
(293)
1,114
—
—
—

(1)
(350)
(170)
(47)
2,200
1,100
(11)
5,372

Net cash provided  by  operating  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CASH FLOWS  FROM  INVESTING  ACTIVITIES

$ 45,534

$ 39,547

$ 28,726

Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition of  intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security deposit  (payment)/receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3,808)
(254)
(197)

(3,442)
—
23

(1,116)
—
(103)

Net cash used in  investing  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CASH FLOWS  FROM  FINANCING  ACTIVITIES

Net proceeds  from issuance  of  common  stock in initial public offering
Proceeds from  term  loan facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of  term loan  facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of  term loan  fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of  offering  fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Members’ distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (4,259) $ (3,419) $ (1,219)

81,811
12,000
(6,000)
(166)
(4,921)
(36,000)

—
—
—
—
—
(28,575)

—
—
—
—
—
(25,900)

Net cash provided  by  (used in)  financing  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net increase in  cash  and  cash  equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash  equivalents—Beginning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 46,724
87,999
14,097

$(28,575) $(25,900)
1,607
4,937

7,553
6,544

Cash and cash  equivalents—Ending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$102,096

$ 14,097

$ 6,544

Supplemental  Disclosure of Cash Information:
Cash paid for:

Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Non-cash financing activities:

Preferred members’  interest  accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

$

4,845
67

$ 1,225
—

$ 1,180
—

— $ 4,058

$ 7,068

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-5

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Operations

Shutterstock, Inc. (the ‘‘Company’’ or ‘‘Shutterstock’’)  operates an industry-leading  global

marketplace for commercial digital imagery. Commercial  digital imagery  consists  of licensed
photographs, illustrations and videos  that companies  use in their  visual communications, such as
websites, digital and print marketing materials, corporate communications, books,  publications and
video content. The Company licenses  commercial  digital  imagery to its customers. Contributors upload
their digital imagery to the Company’s  website  in exchange for  a royalty  payment based on customer
download activity. The Company maintains its primary office location in  New York City.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements  reflect the operations  of  the Company and its wholly-owned

subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions  have been eliminated in
consolidation.

Reorganization

In May 2012, in connection with the  filing of a registration statement for the Company’s initial

public offering (the ‘‘IPO’’), Shutterstock  Images  LLC, a New York limited liability company  (the
‘‘LLC’’) formed Shutterstock, Inc., a Delaware corporation,  as a wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the LLC.
On October 5, 2012, the LLC reorganized,  by way of a  merger  of  the LLC with and into
Shutterstock. Inc. with Shutterstock, Inc.  surviving in the  merger (the  ‘‘Reorganization’’). In connection
with this  Reorganization, the preferred  and common membership interests in the  LLC, including any
interests that vested upon the Reorganization, were exchanged for  an  aggregate of 28,338,281 shares of
Shutterstock, Inc. common stock.

Initial Public Offering

On October 16, 2012, the Company completed its IPO of  5,175,000  shares  of  common stock,
including 675,000 shares sold as a result  of  the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment option,  at a
price of $17.00 per share. The IPO resulted in net proceeds  to  the Company of approximately $81,811
after deducting underwriting discounts  and commissions, and before deducting total expenses incurred
in connection with the offering of $4,927.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated  financial statements in conformity with accounting principles

generally accepted in the United States of  America requires  the  Company’s management to make  a
number of estimates and assumptions  relating  to  the reported amounts of assets and  liabilities,  the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at  the date of the consolidated financial statements, and
the reported amounts of revenue and  expenses  during the period. The Company evaluates its
significant estimates on an ongoing basis,  including, but not limited to allowance  for doubtful  accounts,
goodwill, intangibles, non-cash equity based compensation, income tax provisions and  for certain
non-income tax accruals. The Company  bases its estimates  on historical  experience and on  various
other assumptions that it believes to  be reasonable, the  results of which form the basis for making

F-6

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not  readily apparent  from other
sources. Actual results could differ from  those estimates.

Sales and Use Taxes

Amounts charged to customers or paid  on behalf  of  customers related to sales taxes, value-added

taxes and other usage taxes are classified  net of revenue.

Concentration of Credit and Contributor Risk

At certain times, the Company’s cash  balances  with any one financial institution may exceed
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  insurance limits. The  Company believes it mitigates its risk by
depositing its cash balances with financial institutions of high quality.

The Company’s customers and contributors are located  worldwide. The majority of  the Company’s
customers purchase products by making electronic payments  at the time of a transaction.  The Company
performs ongoing financial condition evaluations for its existing  customers and performs credit
evaluations for its new customers. Concentration of credit risk is limited due to the Company’s large
number of diversified customers. No single customer accounted for or exceeded 10%  of  revenue for the
years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010,  respectively. As of December  31, 2012 and 2011,  no
single customer accounted for or exceeded  10% of credit  card  receivables. As  of December  31, 2012,
two customers accounted for 33% of  accounts receivable, and as of December 31, 2011,  four customers
accounted for 56% of accounts receivable. The customers that accounted  for more than 10% of the
Company’s accounts receivable balance as  of December 31,  2012 and 2011, accounted for less than  2%
of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012  and 2011,  respectively.

No single contributor accounted for  or exceeded 10% of contributor royalties for  the years ended

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

The fair value framework under the Financial  Accounting Standards Board  (‘‘FASB’’) guidance

requires the categorization of assets and liabilities  into  three levels: Level  1—quoted prices
(unadjusted) in active markets for identical  assets or liabilities; Level 2—inputs other than  quoted
prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly  observable;  and Level  3—
unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists,  therefore requiring  an entity to develop
its  own assumptions about the assumptions that  market  participants would use  in pricing.

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount for which the  instrument could be

exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties. Cash and  cash  equivalents, accounts
receivable, restricted cash, accounts payable, deferred revenue,  and term loan facility carrying  amounts
approximate fair value because of the short maturity of  these  instruments. The Company  currently  has
no other financial assets or liabilities that  are measured  at fair value.

The Company’s non-financial assets,  which include property and equipment, intangibles and
goodwill, are not required to be measured at fair value  on a recurring basis. However, if  certain
triggering events occur, or if an annual  impairment test is required and the Company is required  to

F-7

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

evaluate  the non-financial asset for impairment, a resulting asset impairment would require that the
non-financial asset be recorded at the  fair  value.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities  with original maturities of three months or less

when acquired to be cash equivalents.  Cash  primarily  consists of balances  in checking, savings and
money market accounts, which are recorded at cost  and approximate fair value and are considered a
Level 1 measurement based on bank  reporting.

Restricted Cash

The Company’s restricted cash relates to security deposits  for leased office locations. As of
December 31, 2012, the Company had  $243 of restricted  cash recorded  in prepaid expenses  and other
current other assets that related to a leased office location  that expires in 2013 and had  $182 of
restricted cash recorded in restricted cash  that related to a leased office location that expires in 2015,
respectively. The carrying value of restricted cash approximates fair value.

Credit Card Receivables

The Company’s credit card receivables represent amounts  due from third  party credit  card
processors. Such amounts generally convert to cash  within three to five days with little or no  default
risk.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for  Doubtful Accounts

The Company’s accounts receivable are  customer obligations due under normal  trade terms,

carried at their face value less an allowance for doubtful accounts if required. The Company
determines its allowance for doubtful accounts  based on the evaluation  of  the aging of its accounts
receivable and on a customer-by-customer  analysis of its high-risk customers. The Company’s  reserve
contemplates its historical loss rate on  receivables,  specific  customer situations and the economic
environments in which the Company  operates. As of December 31, 2012  and December 31,  2011, the
Company recorded an allowance for doubtful  accounts of $249  and  $256, respectively.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting,  consulting  and filing fees related to the IPO. The
deferred offering costs were offset against  proceeds from the IPO  upon  the effectiveness  of the IPO.
As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company  deferred  $0 and  $511, respectively, of
offering costs which are included in prepaid expenses and other  current  assets.

Deferred Financing Fees

The Company defers and amortizes certain  financing costs  related to its term loan facility.  These

costs are deferred and amortized over  the term  of the debt period.  As of December 31,  2012 and
December 31, 2011, the deferred financing fees balance was $125 and $0, respectively, which is
included in prepaid and other current  assets. Amortization of deferred financing costs  amounted  to

F-8

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

$41 for the year ended December 31,  2012. There was no amortization expense of deferred  financing
costs for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at  cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
calculated using the straight-line method  over the  estimated  useful lives  of the related  assets. The
useful lives are as follows:

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchased software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . .

3 years
7 years
3 years
Shorter of expected useful life or lease term

Capitalized Internal Use Software

The Company accounts for the cost of  computer software developed or  obtained for internal use

of its application service by capitalizing  qualifying costs, which are incurred  during the application
development stage, and amortizing them over  the software’s  estimated  useful life.  Costs incurred in the
preliminary and post-implementation  stages  of  the Company’s  products are  expensed as incurred. The
amounts capitalized include external direct costs of  services used in developing internal-use  software
and payroll and payroll-related costs of  employees directly associated with the development activities.
The Company amortizes capitalized software over the  expected period  of benefit, which is three years,
beginning when the software is ready for  its intended use. For the years ended December 31,  2012 and
2011, the Company had gross capitalized  costs of $605 and $459, respectively,  which is  included in
property and equipment and amortization expense of  $154 and $41, respectively, which is included  in
general and administrative expense. The  Company had no  amortized capital software expense for the
year ended December 31, 2010. The  Company’s policy  is to amortize such capitalized  costs using the
straight-line method over the estimated  useful life.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant  and equipment  and  purchased  intangibles subject  to
amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or  changes  in circumstances  indicate  that
the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of assets to be held  and used  is
measured by a comparison of the carrying value of an  asset to estimated undiscounted future cash
flows expected to be generated by the  asset. If  the carrying value of  an  asset exceeds its estimated
future cash flows, an impairment charge  is recognized  in the amount by  which the carrying  value of the
asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of  would be separately presented in  the
balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying value or the fair value less costs to sell, and are
no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a  disposed group classified  as held for sale would be
presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections  of  the balance sheet.  There were  no
impairment charges in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

F-9

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets acquired  in a  business combination  and  determined  to  have an

indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually on
October 1 of each fiscal year or more frequently  if  events occur or circumstances exist that indicate
that the fair value of a reporting unit  may  be  below  its  carrying value. Goodwill has been allocated  to
the Company’s reporting units, for the purposes of preparing our impairment analyses,  based on  a
specific  identification basis. Based on  the results of the goodwill impairment assessment as of
October 1, 2012, the Company concluded  that the fair value  of its  reporting unit  is more than its
carrying  amount, and therefore no adjustment to the carrying value of goodwill was necessary. As  a
result of a combination of factors in  the second quarter  of  2012, the Company concluded that a
triggering event had occurred in the  Bigstockphoto,  Inc. (‘‘Bigstock’’) reporting  unit indicating a
potential impairment and a step 1 impairment test was performed as  of June  30, 2012. As a result of
performing the step 1 test for goodwill impairment in the second quarter  of  2012, management
concluded that the fair value of the Bigstock reporting  unit exceeded  the carrying value. Therefore,
there was no requirement to perform  step  2 of the analysis and it  was  concluded that there is no
impairment of goodwill for the Bigstock  reporting  unit. There were no impairments of goodwill in  any
of the periods presented in the consolidated  financial  statements. See  Note 2,  Goodwill and Intangible
Assets, for further discussion.

Revenue Recognition

All revenue, net of refunds, is generated from the  license of  digital  content through subscription  or

usage based plans. The Company’s four plans are: subscription plans, On  Demand  plans, Pay As You
Go, which was introduced in July 2011,  and  credit pack plans. The Company recognizes  revenue when
the following basic criteria are met: there  is persuasive evidence of  an  arrangement, performance  or
delivery of services has occurred, the sales price  is fixed or determinable, and collectability  is reasonably
assured. The Company considers persuasive  evidence of an arrangement to be an electronic order form,
or a signed contract, which contains  the fixed pricing  terms. Performance  or delivery is considered  to
have occurred upon either the ratable passage  of time  over the contract period,  a usage basis or upon
the expiration of a contract period for  which there  are unused  downloads or credits. Collectability is
reasonably assured since most of the Company’s customers purchase products by making electronic
payments at the time of a transaction with  a credit card. The  Company establishes a chargeback
allowance based on factors surrounding  historical credit  card  chargeback  trends and other information.
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company  has recorded a chargeback  allowance of  $70 and  $70,
respectively, which is included in other  liabilities. Collectability is assessed for customers who pay on
credit based on a credit evaluation for new  customers and transaction history  with existing  customers.
Any cash received in advance of revenue recognition  is recorded  as deferred revenue.

Subscription plans range in length from  thirty days to one year. Subscription plan  revenues are
recognized on a straight-line basis using  a daily convention method over the plan term. On  Demand
plans are for  a one-year term and permit the  customer to download  up to a fixed number of digital
content. On-demand revenues are recognized at  the time  the customer downloads the digital content
on a per unit basis. Revenue related  to  unused digital content, if any,  is recognized in full  at the  end of
the plan term. Pay As You Go plans provide for individual image  download. The Company  recognizes

F-10

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

revenue as the customer downloads images.  Credit-pack plans  are  generally for a one-year  term and
enable the customer to purchase a fixed  number of credits which  can then  be  utilized  to  pay for
downloaded digital content. The number  of credits utilized for each download  depends  on the digital
content size and format. Credit-pack revenues  are recognized based on customer usage on a per credit
basis as digital content is downloaded.  Revenue  related to unused credits, if  any, is recognized  in full at
the end of the plan term. Most plans automatically renew  at the end of the plan  term unless  the
customer elects not to renew. The Company recognizes revenue from its four  types of plans on  a gross
basis in accordance with the authoritative  guidance on  principal-agent considerations  as the Company is
the primary obligor in the arrangement,  has latitude in establishing the product’s price,  performs  a
detailed review of the digital content  before accepting  it to its collection to ensure it is of  high quality
before it may be purchased by our customers,  can reject contributor’s  images  in its sole discretion, and
has credit risk.

Customers typically pay in advance (or upon commencement  of  the term) via credit  card, wire  or

check. Fees paid or invoiced in advance are deferred and recognized as described  above. Customers
that do not pay in advance are invoiced  and  are required  to make  payment under standard credit
terms. The Company does not generally  offer refunds or the  right of return to customers. There  are
situations in which a customer may receive  a refund which  is determined  on a case-by-case basis.

The Company also licenses digital content to customers  through third party resellers. The

Company contracts with third party resellers around the world  to  access  markets  where the  Company
does not have a significant presence.  Third party resellers sell the Company’s products  directly to
end-user customers and remit a fixed amount to the Company based on  the type of plan sold. The
terms of the reseller program indicate that  the third  party reseller is the  primary  obligor to the
end-user customer and bears the risks and rewards as  principal  in the transaction.  In  assessing whether
the Company’s revenue should be reported on  a gross or  net basis with respect  to  our reseller program,
the Company followed the authoritative guidance  in ASC 605-45 Principal Agent Considerations. The
Company recognizes revenue on a net  basis in accordance  with the  type  of plan sold,  consistent with
the plan descriptions above. The Company  generally  does  not offer  refunds or the right  of return to
resellers.

Cost of Revenue

The Company’s cost of revenue includes contributor royalties,  credit card processing fees, image
and video reviewer expenses, hosting and bandwidth expenses, amortization of content intangible  assets,
and depreciation of network equipment, which are  the direct  costs related to providing  content to
customers. Additionally, the Company  includes  an allocation of  overhead  costs primarily related to
payroll,  non-cash equity-based compensation, insurance, and facilities expenses  based on  headcount.

Contributor Royalties and Internal Sales Commissions

Contributor royalties earned by a contributor are  generally  paid weekly or  monthly once a
customer has downloaded the contributor’s  digital  content and the contributor’s royalty account  has
reached a minimum dollar level. The Company  expenses contributor royalties in the  period during
which  a customer download occurs and  includes  the contributor royalties in cost of revenue.

F-11

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Internal sales commissions are generally paid in the  month following collection or  invoicing of the

commissioned receivable. Internal sales commission  expense is  included in  sales and marketing expense.
Internal sales commissions are deferred  and recognized  over the expected future  revenue stream  which
is generally up to twelve months. For the  years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the  Company
deferred $2,023, $651, and $352, respectively, in internal sales commissions which  is included in prepaid
expenses and other current assets and  amortized $1,649, $597  and $256, respectively, in  internal sales
commission expense which is included in  sales  and marketing expense.

Research and Development

The Company expenses research and  development costs  as incurred, except for costs  that  are
capitalized for certain software development projects that have demonstrated technological feasibility.
Research and development costs are primarily  comprised of development personnel  salaries, equipment
costs as well as allocated occupancy costs and related overhead.  For the years ended  December 31,
2012 and 2011, the Company capitalized $146 and  $25, respectively, which is included  in total
capitalized software costs included in  property and equipment. For the year ended  December 31,  2010,
the Company did not capitalize any software costs and  all research and development costs  were
expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses the cost of advertising and promoting its products as incurred. Such costs

totaled $32,648, $25,176, and $13,547  for the  years  ended December 31, 2012,  2011 and  2010,
respectively, which are included in sales and marketing expense.

Deferred Rent

The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term  of the related  lease. The
difference between the rent expense  recognized and the actual payments made in accordance with the
lease agreement is recognized as a deferred rent liability on the  Company’s balance sheet. As of
December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company has recorded  a  deferred  rent  balance  of  $122, of which  $68
is included in other liabilities as it relates to a 2013 office lease expiration and $54 is included  in other
non-current liabilities, and $198 which  is  included in  other  non-current liabilities,  respectively.

Equity-Based Compensation

Between June 7, 2007 and October 5, 2012, the  Company was organized as  a limited liability

company. Beginning in 2011, the Company granted  equity rights similar  to options under our Value
Appreciation Rights Plan (‘‘VAR Plan’’) in the  form of value appreciation rights (the  ‘‘VAR  Plan
awards’’). Each VAR Plan award had an  exercise price,  a vesting period and an  expiration date, in
addition to other terms and conditions  similar to typical equity  option grant terms and conditions. The
VAR Plan awards were subject to a time-based vesting requirement and a condition that a change  of
control occur in order to trigger a payment with respect to the  VAR Plan awards. In connection  with
the Reorganization, all of the VAR Plan  awards were exchanged for options to purchase an aggregate
of 1,661,719 shares of common stock  of  Shutterstock, Inc. with only a time-based  vesting  requirement,
which  were granted pursuant to the Company’s 2012  Omnibus  Equity Incentive Plan (the ‘‘2012 Plan’’).

F-12

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The Company measures and recognizes  non-cash equity-based  compensation expense for all equity-

based payment awards made to employees based on estimated fair values. The  value portion  of the
award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite  service  period. For
awards with a change of control condition,  an evaluation is  made  at the  grant date and future periods
as to the likelihood of the condition being met. Compensation expense is adjusted in future periods for
subsequent changes in the expected outcome  of the change of control  conditions until the  vesting  date.
Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant  and  revised, if  necessary, in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value  of  stock
options and other equity-based awards granted pursuant to the 2012 Plan, stock purchased pursuant  to
the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (‘‘2012  ESPP’’)  and the  VAR  Plan  awards, which are  discussed
further in Note 9, Equity-Based Compensation.

The determination of the grant date  fair  value using  an option-pricing model requires judgment

and as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables.  These
variables include the Company’s fair value of the common  ownership interest  pre-IPO,  the Company’s
closing market price at the grant date post-IPO, the  expected unit  price volatility over the  expected
term of the awards, awards’ exercise  and  cancellation  behaviors, risk-free interest rates, and  expected
dividends, which are estimated as follows:

(cid:127) Fair Value of Common Stock/Membership Unit. Prior to completion of the IPO, the Company’s

fair value of common ownership interest  was  estimated  internally and approved by the Board of
Managers (‘‘BOM’’) because the Company was not publicly traded. The Company’s intention
upon granting VAR Plan awards was for  the granted award  to  have exercisable price per unit
that was not less than the per unit fair value  of the Company’s  common equity on the date  of
grant. The valuations of the Company’s common equity unit were  prepared  in accordance with
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement on  Standards for Valuation
Services 1: Valuation of a Business, Business Ownership  Interest, Security, or  Intangible Asset. The
assumptions used in the valuation model were based on future  expectations combined  with the
Company’s judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, the Company exercised
significant judgment and considered  numerous objective and  subjective factors to determine the
fair value of the common equity unit as of the date of each VAR Plan award grant.  Some but
not all of these factors included operating  and  financial performance, current business conditions
and projections, the hiring of key personnel, the Company’s history and  introduction  of new
functionality and services, the Company’s  stage of development, the  likelihood of achieving  a
liquidity event for the common ownership interests, any adjustment necessary to recognize  a lack
of marketability for our common ownership interests, the market performance of comparable
publicly traded companies, and U.S. and global  capital market  conditions. The Company also
obtained independent third party valuations  on a  periodic  basis. After October 11, 2012, the date
the Company’s common stock began  trading  on the NYSE, the grant date fair value for stock-
based awards is based on the closing price  of  the Company’s common  stock  on the  NYSE on
the date of grant and fair value for  all other purposes related to stock-based  awards  shall be the
closing price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE  on the relevant date.

F-13

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(cid:127) Expected Term. The expected term is estimated using the simplified method allowed under

Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’)  guidance.

(cid:127) Volatility. As the Company does not have a trading  history for  its  common ownership interest

pre-IPO or a significant range of its common  stock post-IPO,  the  expected price  volatility  for the
common ownership interest and common stock was estimated by taking  the average historic
price volatility for industry peers based  on  daily price observations  over a period equivalent to
the expected term of the VAR Plan awards  and  stock options  granted post-IPO. Industry peers
consist of several public companies similar  in size,  stage of life cycle and financial leverage.  The
Company did not rely on implied volatilities of traded  options in the  industry  peers’ common
stock because the volume of activity was relatively  low.  The  Company intends to continue  to
consistently apply this process using the  same  or similar  public companies until  a sufficient
amount of historical information regarding the  volatility of the Company’s  own common stock
becomes available, or unless circumstances change  such  that the  identified companies are  no
longer similar to the Company, in which case,  more suitable companies whose share prices are
publicly available would be utilized in  the calculation.

(cid:127) Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the  yields of  U.S. Treasury

securities with maturities similar to the expected  term of for each award  group.

(cid:127) Dividend Yield. The Company has historically paid cash dividends  or distributions  to  its members.
Post-IPO, the Company does not intend to pay cash  dividends or  distributions in the foreseeable
future. As a result, the Company used an  expected dividend yield of zero.

If any  of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model changes significantly, the  fair value for
future awards may differ materially compared with  the awards  granted previously. The awards granted
pursuant to the 2012 Plan, the 2012 ESPP and VAR Plan are  subject to a time-based vesting
requirement. The majority of stock option awards granted under the  2012 Plan vest  over four years.
The 2012 ESPP provides for purchase periods  approximately every  six months  and a  participant must
be employed on the purchase date to  participate in the 2012 ESPP. The  VAR Plan awards had  a
condition that a change of control (as defined in  the VAR Plan) must  occur for a payment  to  trigger
with respect to the VAR Plan awards. In  connection  with the Company’s  Reorganization, all of the
VAR Plan awards were exchanged for options to purchase shares  of common stock of
Shutterstock,  Inc. As of December 31, 2011, no equity-based compensation expense had  been
recognized with respect to the VAR  Plan  awards because the qualifying event had not occurred. As of
December 31, 2010, there were no VAR Plan awards outstanding. As a result of  the completion of the
IPO, the Company began recording share-based compensation  expense using the  accelerated attribution
method, net of forfeitures, based on the  grant date  fair value of the VAR  Plan  awards  that  were
exchanged for options to purchase shares of common stock of Shutterstock, Inc. as part  of  the
Company’s Reorganization.

For any equity-based awards that qualified for liability classification pre-IPO, the Company has
elected to use the intrinsic value method to value  the common membership  interest in accordance with
authoritative guidance on stock compensation. See Note 9, Equity-Based Compensation, for further
information.

F-14

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes

The Company filed its income tax returns as a  limited  liability  company and was taxed  as a ‘‘pass

through’’ partnership for federal and  state income tax purposes  for all periods  prior to its
Reorganization on October 5, 2012. For  all periods prior to the  Reorganization,  the Company
recognized no federal and state income taxes,  as the members of the LLC,  and not the  Company itself,
were subject to income tax on their allocated share of the Company’s earnings.  However, the  Company
was subject to taxation on allocable portions  of its  net income or other taxes based on various
methodologies employed by taxing authorities in  certain localities.  The  Company generally made
monthly dividend distributions to its members under the  terms of the  LLC’s operating agreement,
subject to the Company’s operating cash  needs.

Effective with the Reorganization, the  Company became a  Delaware corporation, and therefore

became subject to federal and state tax  expense  beginning October  6, 2012. As a result  of this  tax
status change, the Company recorded an incremental net deferred tax asset and a one-time non-cash
tax benefit of approximately $28,811.

The Company will file tax returns as  a partnership  for the period from January 1,  2012 through
October 5, 2012 and will file tax returns as  a corporation for the  period from  October 6,  2012 through
December 31, 2012. Significant management judgment  is required in projecting ordinary income/(loss)
in order to determine the Company’s  estimated  effective tax rate.

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits using a more-likely-than-not threshold for
financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken  or expected  to  be  taken in  a
tax return. The Company establishes  reserves for tax-related uncertainties  based on estimates  of
whether, and the extent to which, additional  taxes will be due. The Company records  an income tax
liability, if any, for the difference between the benefit recognized and  measured and  the tax  position
taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax returns. To the extent  that  the assessment of  such
tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the  period in  which the determination is
made. The reserves are adjusted in light  of changing  facts  and circumstances, such as the  outcome of a
tax audit or lapses in statutes of limitations. Any reserve  for uncertain  tax provisions is  included in the
income tax provision. Penalties and interest,  if any, on uncertain tax positions  are included in income
tax expense. During the years ended December 31,  2012 and  2011, the  Company recorded an
unrecognized tax benefit in the amount  of  $745 and $60,  respectively, for uncertain tax positions related
to tax  positions taken in prior years,  a  portion of which  relates to tax refund claims. During the year
ended December 31, 2010, the Company has  not  recorded any unrecognized tax benefits. To the  extent
these unrecognized tax benefits are ultimately  recognized, the  Company’s effective tax rate  may be
impacted in future periods.

The Company recognizes interest expense and tax  penalties related to unrecognized tax  benefits in

income tax expense in the consolidated  statements  of operations.  The Company  did not accrue  or pay
any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax  benefits for the years ended  December 31, 2012,
2011 and 2010.

The Company assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and determined that based on the
available evidence, including a history  of taxable income and  estimates of future taxable income, it  is
more likely than not that the deferred tax  assets will  be  realized. The  Company will continue  to

F-15

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

evaluate  its ability  to realize deferred  tax  assets on a quarterly basis.  Significant management judgment
is required in determining the provision  for  income  taxes and deferred tax assets  and liabilities. In the
event that actual results differ from these estimates, the Company will  adjust these estimates in future
periods which may result in a change in  the effective tax rate in  a future year.

The Company is subject to certain compliance requirements for non-income  taxes, including
payroll,  value-added and sales-based taxes. Where appropriate,  the Company has  made accruals  for
these matters, which are reflected in  the  Company’s  consolidated financial  statements.

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is computed  by  dividing the  net income attributable to common

shareholders/members by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding  during the
period. The Company applies the two-class  method for calculating and presenting  income  per  share.
Under the two-class method, net income is allocated  between shares of common stock and other
participating securities based on their  contractual participating rights  to  share in  the earnings as if  all  of
the earnings for the period have been distributed. Participating securities are defined as securities that
participate in dividends with common  stock according to a pre-determined formula or  a contractual
obligation to share in the income of the  entity.  Any  potential  issuance of common shares, including
those that are contingent and do not participate  in dividends, are excluded  from weighted average
number of common shares outstanding. Undistributed net income (loss) for a given period is
apportioned to participating members based on  the weighted-average number  of  each class  of  securities
outstanding during the applicable period  as a  percentage of  the combined weighted-average number of
these securities outstanding during the  period.  Income available  to  common  shareholders/members  is
computed by deducting dividends paid to preferred members, accretion to redemption value on
preferred members shares, less income allocated  to  participating  securities including unvested shares for
the restricted award holder since these  unvested shares  have participating rights.  See  Note 9,  Equity-
Based Compensation, for further discussion.

Diluted net income per share is computed by dividing the net  income available  to  common

shareholders/members adjusted for any  changes in income  that  would result from the assumed
conversion of the potential common  shares by the  weighted average common shares outstanding and all
potential common shares, if they are dilutive. Diluted net income  available to common  shareholders/
members for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes the effect of 1,789,318 shares  to  purchase
while 106,500 shares to purchase were  excluded since  they  were anti-dilutive. The Company  had no
assumed shares available to purchase for  the years ended December  31, 2011  and 2010.

F-16

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

A reconciliation of assumed exercised shares used in  calculating basic and diluted income (loss)

share available to common shareholders/members  follows:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock options and employee stock purchase

plan shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unvested restricted stock awards . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

23,785,299

20,849,242

20,770,041

47,924
—

—
—

—
—

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23,833,223

20,849,242

20,770,041

Segment Reporting

The Company has identified four operating segments. These four operating segments  have been

aggregated into one reportable segment based on  the aggregation criteria within the  authoritative
guidance on segment reporting. The Company  considered the  similarity  of the product sold, the
distribution processes involved, targeted customers, and economic characteristics  among  the four
operating segments in its aggregation criteria evaluation. The operating segments share operational
support functions such as sales, marketing, public relations, various research and  development and
engineering support, in addition to the  general and administrative  functions of human resources, legal,
finance and information technology.

The following represents our geographic  revenue based  on customer location:

North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rest of the world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 59,963
62,943
46,710

$ 40,536
47,967
31,768

$28,631
33,796
20,546

Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$169,616

$120,271

$82,973

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

Included in North America is the United  States which comprises 32%, 30%, and 31% of  total
revenue for years ended December 31,  2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. No other country accounts
for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue  in any period.  All long-lived assets are located in North
America.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Company has determined that the U.S. Dollar is  its  functional currency worldwide and
therefore does not have any foreign currency  translation adjustment.  The  Company does provide for
customers in select countries to pay for licenses in  local currency.  These local  currency  payments are
converted into U.S. Dollars at the rate prevailing on  the date  of the transaction. Any refund  for these
transactions could  result in a foreign  currency  transaction gain  or  loss depending on the movement  of
the foreign currency between the purchase date and the  refund date.  During the  years  ended
December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s foreign currency  transaction activity  was immaterial
to the financial statements.

F-17

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(1) Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes certain changes in stockholders’ equity that are excluded

from net income (loss) such as cumulative foreign currency  translation adjustments  and unrealized
gains or losses on marketable securities.  The Company’s net income equals comprehensive income for
the years ended December 31, 2012,  2011, and 2010.

Recently Issued Accounting Standard Updates

None of the recently issued accounting standard updates are  expected to have a  material  impact.

(2) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill balance is attributable to its Bigstock reporting unit  and is tested  for
impairment at least annually on October  1 or  upon a  triggering event. There have been no changes  in
the carrying amount of goodwill through December 31, 2012.

Intangible assets consist of the following as of  December 31,  2012 and  2011:

As of December 31, 2012

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Weighted
Average  Life
(Years)

Amortizing intangible assets:

Customer relationship . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contributor content . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-compete agreement . . . . . . . . . .
Domain name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 600
400
450
100
86
193

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,829

$(486)
(91)
(98)
(100)
(3)
(11)

$(789)

$ 114
309
352
—
83
182

$1,040

4
14
15
3
15
17

As of December 31, 2011

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Weighted
Average  Life
(Years)

Amortizing intangible assets:

Customer relationship . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trade name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contributor content . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-compete agreement . . . . . . . . . .
Domain name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 600
400
450
100
25

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,575

$(338)
(64)
(68)
(75)
(1)

$(546)

$ 262
336
382
25
24

$1,029

4
14
15
3
15

During  the first quarter of 2012, the  Company acquired  patents for $193, which will be amortized

over sixteen to nineteen years. The patents were put into service in April 2012. During  the third and
fourth quarters of 2012, the Company acquired domain names for $10 and $50, respectively.  These

F-18

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(2) Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

domain names were put into service in  the same periods of purchase and will be amortized  over fifteen
years. During 2011, the Company acquired  a domain name  for $25 which is being amortized  over
fifteen years. Amortization expense related to the intangible  assets was $243,  $244 and  $242 for the
years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.  The Company also  determined that there
was no indication of impairment for  the intangible assets  for all periods presented. Estimated
amortization expense for the next five years is: $191 in 2013, $78  in each fiscal year 2014  through 2017
and $537 thereafter.

Based on a combination of factors that occurred in  the second quarter of 2012  within the
Company’s Bigstock reporting unit, primarily a change in financial projections and business strategy
including the re-allocation of certain  technology-related  personnel to a different  reporting unit and a
shift  in marketing strategy, management concluded that a triggering event had occurred indicating
potential impairment in the Bigstock  reporting unit, and accordingly performed a step 1 impairment
test based on ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other.

The Company performed its annual assessment  on October 1, 2012. The Company estimated the
fair value of the reporting unit using a discounted cash flow projection (also referred to as the  income
approach). The income approach uses a  reporting unit’s  projection of  estimated future operating  results
and cash flows discounted to a net present value.  The Company’s significant  assumptions utilized in  the
income approach included estimated  weighted-average cost of capital  from a market participant point
of view, projected revenues and operating  expenditures which take into account expected operating
margin efficiencies gained through cost  reduction strategies,  projected capital  expenditures, and
projected working capital changes. The projections  were based  on management’s best estimates of
economic and market conditions over  the projected period. The  Company bases its fair  value estimates
on assumptions it believes to be reasonable, but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain.
Future changes to the projected financial information  or other significant assumptions including the
weighted-average cost of capital could  have a  negative result on the  Bigstock  reporting unit’s fair value.

As a result of performing the step 1 tests for  goodwill impairment, management concluded that the

fair value of the Bigstock reporting unit  exceeded the  carrying  value.  Therefore,  there was no
requirement to perform step 2 of the analysis and it  was concluded  that there is  no impairment  of
goodwill for the Bigstock reporting unit. Long-lived assets held in the  Bigstock  reporting unit were also
tested  for  recoverability  in  the  second  quarter  of  2012,  as  a  result  of  the  triggering  event,  and  no
impairment was identified.

(3) Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is summarized as follows:

December 31,

2012

2011

Computer equipment and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properly and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 8,971
806
484
10,261
(5,006)
$ 5,255

$ 5,537
522
395
6,454
(2,610)
$ 3,844

F-19

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(3) Property and Equipment (Continued)

Depreciation expense amounted to $2,397, $1,276,  and  $632,  for the years ended December 31,
2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Depreciation expense  is included  in cost of  revenue and general  and
administrative expense based on the nature of the asset.

(4) Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

December 31,

2012

2011

Royalty tax withholdings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional fees
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 4,644
469
3,567
4,246
588
2,092

$ 4,126
1,332
1,742
2,391
183
1,101

Total accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$15,606

$10,875

(5) Income Taxes

The following table summarizes the consolidated provision  for income  taxes:

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

Current:

Federal provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State & local provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 4,329
1,233

$ — $ —
1,169
723

Deferred:

Federal (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State & local provision (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(29,772) —
253
(1,528)

—
(293)

(Benefit) provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(25,738) $976

$ 876

F-20

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(5) Income Taxes (Continued)

The provision for income taxes differs from statutory income  tax  rate  as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

US income tax at federal statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefit from change in tax status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LLC income not subject to federal and state tax . . . . . . . .
Non-deductible—restricted stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-deductible—other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35.00% —% —%
2.84% 4.00% 4.00%
(31.36)% —% —%
(131.83)% —% —%
7.25% —% —%
0.34% 0.50% 0.40%

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . .

(117.76)% 4.50% 4.40%

Effective with the Reorganization, the  Company became a  Delaware corporation, and therefore

became subject to federal and state tax  expense  beginning October  6, 2012. As a result  of this  tax
status change, the Company recorded an incremental net deferred tax asset and a one-time non-cash
tax benefit of approximately $28,811.

The Company’s tax effects of temporary differences  and tax carryforwards that give rise to

significant portions of the deferred tax assets are presented below:

Year Ended
December 31,

2012

2011

Deferred tax assets:

Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-income tax reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-cash equity-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$14,237
14,861
2,576
1,136
384

Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33,194

$547
—
91
60
10

708

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,195)

(6)

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$31,999

$702

F-21

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(5) Income Taxes (Continued)

The following table summarizes changes to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits  as follows:

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at January 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross additions for tax positions for  prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross additions for tax positions for  current year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross expirations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended
December 31,

2012

2011

$ 60

$—
18 —
60
727
— —
— —

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$805

$60

There was no unrecognized tax benefit recorded  during the year ended December 31, 2010. The
liability for unrecognized tax benefits  is included in  other non-current  liabilities.  The Company has  no
on-going tax examinations. The Company is no longer subject to US  Federal or  state and local  tax
examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008. The Company does not anticipate  significant
changes to its uncertain tax positions through the next fiscal year.

(6) Term Loan Facility

On September 21, 2012, the Company entered into a loan and  security agreement  with Silicon

Valley Bank providing for a $12,000 term  loan facility, which  the Company refers  to  as the term  loan
facility. The Company will use the net  proceeds from the term loan facility for working  capital and
general business purposes. The term loan facility provides for a  term loan of $12,000  and matures on
the earlier of (i) September 21, 2013 and  (ii) the date on  which such  facility  is accelerated following the
occurrence of an event of default. The term  loan facility provides for interest on the term loan, at the
Company’s option, at the prime rate as  published in the  Wall Street Journal minus 0.75%, or  a LIBOR-
based rate plus a margin of 2.00%. The  Company generally  selects the one-month LIBOR-based rate.
On February 21, 2013, the Company  selected the one-month LIBOR-based  rate in  connection with  the
reset of its term loan facility. The newly  selected rate expires on March 21, 2013  at which time  the
Company can select a new interest rate  option. On December 24, 2012,  the  Company paid down $6,000
of the term loan facility.

The term loan facility includes financial covenants  of  a minimum EBITDA determined quarterly,

measured on  a trailing 12 month basis and a minimum liquidity  requirement. The term  loan also
includes customary negative and affirmative covenants including, among others, limitations on the
Company’s ability to: (i) incur additional debt; (ii) create liens; (iii) make certain investments, loans
and advances; (iv) sell assets; (v) pay dividends or  make distributions  or other restricted  payments;
(vi) engage in mergers or consolidations (other  than the  Reorganization);  or (vii) change its business.

Amounts under the term loan facility  may  become due upon certain events  of default including,

among others, failure to comply with the  term loan facility’s covenants, bankruptcy, default  on certain
other indebtedness or a change in control. The default  rate under the  term loan facility is  an additional
2.00% per annum over the otherwise applicable  rate. All obligations  under the  term loan facility are
secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than its intellectual property.

F-22

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(6) Term Loan Facility (Continued)

At December 31, 2012, the Company  was in  compliance with the financial covenants  and other
covenants applicable to it under the term  loan facility and the outstanding term loan  facility  balance
was $6,000. At December 31, 2012, the Company recorded accrued interest  in the amount of $3, which
is included in accrued expenses at December  31, 2012.

The Company capitalizes costs directly associated with acquiring third party financing. Deferred

financing costs are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets  and are  amortized on a
straight-line basis as interest expense  over the  term of the  related indebtedness. In  cases where
amounts borrowed are paid in advance, financing costs related to the amount borrowed are accelerated.
As of December 31, 2012, deferred financing costs, net  of accumulated amortization were  $125.

(7) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases facilities under  agreements accounted  for as operating  leases. Rental expense
for operating leases for the years ended December  31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 was approximately $1,799,
$1,113 and $872, respectively. Some leases have  defined escalating rent provisions,  which are expensed
over the term of the related lease on  a  straight-line basis  commencing with the date of possession. Any
rent allowance or abatement is netted in  this  calculation.  All leases require payment of real estate  tax
and operating expense increases.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining

lease terms in excess of one year) as  of December 31,  2012 are as follows:

Year  Ending December 31

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating
Leases

$1,669
418
209
—
—

Total minimum lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,296

Capital Expenditures

For the years ended December 31, 2012  and  2011, the Company spent approximately $2,575  and
$1,900, respectively, for servers and related  hardware to accommodate increased  business  volume. The
additions are included in ‘‘Assets—Property and equipment, net’’  on the balance sheet. As of
December 31, 2012, the Company had  no  significant committed purchases  related to data server
equipment.

Unconditional Purchase Obligations

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had unconditional purchase obligations in  the amount of

$3,409, which consisted primarily of contracts related to infrastructure  services and  contractual
commitments for software licenses and marketing services.  As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s

F-23

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(7) Commitments and Contingencies  (Continued)

unconditional purchase obligations for the  years  ending December  31, 2013,  2014 and  2015 are $2,274,
$943 and $192, respectively.

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company may  become party to litigation  in the ordinary course of business.

The Company assesses the likelihood  of  any  adverse  judgments  or  outcomes with  respect to these
matters and determines loss contingency  assessments on  a gross basis after assessing  the probability of
incurrence of a loss and whether a loss is reasonably  estimable. In  addition,  the Company considers
other relevant factors that could impact  its ability to reasonably estimate  a loss. A determination of the
amount of reserves required, if any, for these contingencies  is made after analyzing  each  matter. The
Company’s reserves may change in the  future due to new developments or changes  in strategy  in
handling these matters. Although the results of  litigation and threats of litigation, investigations and
claims cannot be predicted with certainty,  the Company  currently believes that the final outcome of
these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its business,  consolidated  financial position,
results of operations, or cash flows. Regardless of the  outcome, litigation can  have an adverse impact
on the Company because of defense  and  settlement costs, diversion of management resources and
other factors. The Company currently  has no reserves related  to  such litigation, and no  active  litigation
matters. In addition, the Company receives, from  time to time, inquiries  related to potential intellectual
property infringement matters. To date,  the outcome of these inquiries has  not  had a  material  impact
on the Company’s operations or financial  results.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements  under which

it agrees to provide indemnification of varying scope and terms  to  customers with respect to certain
matters, including, but not limited to,  losses arising out  of  the breach of Company’s intellectual
property warranties for damages to the  customer  directly attributable to the Company’s breach. The
Company is not responsible for any damages, costs, or  losses to the extent such damages,  costs or
losses arise as a result of the modifications made by the customer,  or the context in which  an image is
used. The standard maximum aggregate  obligation and  liability to any one  customer for all claims is
limited to $10. The Company offers certain of its customers  greater levels  of  indemnification, including
unlimited indemnification. As of December 31,  2012 and 2011, the  Company has recorded  no liabilities
related to indemnification obligations in accordance  with the authoritative guidance  for loss
contingencies. Additionally, the Company believes that  it has  the appropriate insurance coverage in
place to adequately cover such indemnification  obligations,  if necessary.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into employment arrangements  and indemnification agreements with

certain executive officers and with certain employees. The agreements specify various employment-
related matters, including annual compensation,  performance incentive bonuses, and severance benefits
in the event of termination with or without  cause. The  Company’s employment agreement between the
former Bigstock owner and the Company  expired in  2010.

F-24

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(8) Employee Benefit Plans

The Company previously maintained a Simple  IRA plan (‘‘IRA Plan’’) that covered all eligible

employees. The plan was implemented on  June 7, 2007. The Company provided for annual
discretionary employer matching contributions  not  to  exceed  3%  of  employees’ compensation  for the
year. Matching contributions were fully vested and non-forfeitable.

The Company terminated the IRA Plan on December 31, 2010 and replaced it  with a 401(k)
defined contribution plan (‘‘401(k) Plan’’). Similar to the IRA Plan, the Company  provides for annual
discretionary employer matching contributions  not  to  exceed  3%  of  employees’ compensation  for the
year. Matching contributions also are  fully vested and non-forfeitable.

The Company recorded $412, $221 and $77, of  employer matching  contributions for the years

ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and  2010, respectively.

(9) Equity-Based Compensation

2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

On October 10, 2012, the Company’s 2012  Plan  became effective. The 2012 Plan  provides for the

grant of incentive stock options to Company  employees, and for the grant of non-statutory stock
options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted  stock units, performance  units and
performance shares to employees, directors and consultants.  The  maximum aggregate number of shares
that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is  6,750,000 shares of common stock. The number of shares
available for issuance under the 2012  Plan  will be increased  annually  commencing  January 1, 2013  by
an amount equal to the lesser of 1,500,000 shares of common stock, 3% of the outstanding  shares of
common stock as of the last day immediately preceding  fiscal year,  or such other  amount  as determined
by the Company’s board of directors.  Any awards issued under the 2012  Plan  that  are forfeited by the
participant, will become available for future grant under  the 2012 Plan. In connection  with the
Company’s reorganization to a corporation, the VAR  Plan awards  were  exchanged for  options to
purchase shares of common stock of  Shutterstock, Inc.  granted pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On October 10, 2012, the Company’s 2012  ESPP became effective. The 2012 ESPP  provides
participating employees with the option  to  purchase  common stock through payroll deductions  of up  to
15% of eligible compensation and a maximum purchase of 1,000 shares during each offering period.
The common stock is purchased at 85%  of the  lower of the  fair market value of common stock  on
(1) the first trading day of the offering period, or (2) the last day of the  offering period. The offering
periods generally start on the first trading day  on or  after June 1 and December 1 of each year;
however, the first such offering period commenced  on October 10, 2012,  the date  the Company’s
Registration Statement was declared  effective. An employee will  not  be  granted rights to purchase
common stock if an employee immediately after  the grant would  own stock possessing 5%  or more of
the total combined voting power or value  of  all classes of the  Company’s capital stock or  holds rights to
purchase stock under all of the Company’s employee  stock  purchase plans  that  would accrue at a  rate
that exceeds $25 worth of stock for each  calendar year. The Company has reserved 2,000,000 shares for
issuance under the 2012 ESPP. The number of shares  available  for issuance  under the  2012 ESPP
provides for an annual increase commencing January 1, 2013  by an  amount  equal to the lesser of

F-25

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(9) Equity-Based Compensation (Continued)

1,000,000 shares of common stock, 3% of the outstanding  shares of our  common  stock as of the  last
day immediately preceding fiscal year,  or such other  amount  as determined by the  Company’s board of
directors. As of December 31, 2012,  no shares had been issued  under the 2012  ESPP.

The Company estimates the fair value  of  purchase rights under the 2012  ESPP using the Black-
Scholes valuation model. The fair value of each purchase right under the  2012 ESPP was  estimated  on
the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option  valuation  model and the  straight-line attribution
approach with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Period from
October 10, 2012
to
December 31, 2012

Expected term (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.64

49%
0.15%
—

The Company has recognized a non-cash stock-based compensation  expense of $134,  net of
estimated forfeitures, in connection with the 2012  ESPP for the  year ended December  31, 2012. There
was no non-cash stock-based compensation in connection  with the 2012 ESPP for  the years ended
December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Value Appreciation Rights Plan

Between June 7, 2007 and October 5,  2012, the Company was organized as  a limited liability
company. Beginning in 2011, the Company granted equity rights similar  to options under its VAR Plan
in the form of value appreciation rights.  Each VAR  Plan  award  had an  exercise  price, a vesting period
and an expiration date, in addition to other terms  and conditions similar to  typical equity option  grant
terms and conditions. For the convenience of  communicating the  issuance  of  VAR  Plan  awards  to
employees, the BOM designated a total of  3,000,000 notional units for  the VAR Plan to represent 10%
of the Company’s overall interest. The  VAR Plan awards were  subject to a time-based vesting
requirement and a condition that a change  of control occur for a payment to trigger  with respect to the
VAR Plan awards. Payment could occur  in  the form of cash,  units or other  securities at the discretion
of the BOM and are equal to the appreciation in value over the participant’s grant  date price.  The
determination of the type of payment  was  subject to the discretion of the  Company and not the holder.
Additionally, the Company has never settled any VAR units  with cash.  As a  result, the VAR  units were
accounted for as equity awards. Given  the change-of-control condition, there was no equity-based
compensation charge recorded for the  year ended  December 31,  2011. In  connection with  the
Reorganization, all of the VAR Plan awards  were exchanged for options to purchase an aggregate of
1,661,719 shares of common stock of  Shutterstock, Inc. with  only a time-based vesting requirement,
which  were granted pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Plan.

F-26

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(9) Equity-Based Compensation (Continued)

The Company’s VAR Plan awards were made in the form  of notional units  and were exchanged
for options to purchase shares of common  stock  of Shutterstock, Inc. upon the Reorganization. The
following is a summary of these awards  and  weighted  average exercise price  per  option/notional unit:

Plan
Options/Units

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Units outstanding at December 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . .
Units granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Units exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Units cancelled or forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Units outstanding at December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . .
Options/Units granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options/Units exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options/Units cancelled or forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
1,370,500
—
(26,000)

1,344,500
418,000
—
(70,218)

Options outstanding at December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . .

1,692,282

$ —
15.08
—
14.21

$15.10
19.38
—
21.15

$16.11

As of December 31, 2012, no options were exercised. As of December 31, 2011, no VAR Plan
notional units were exercised or exercisable  as no  qualifying event had occurred. The intrinsic value of
the total stock options at December  31, 2012 and VAR Plan notional units  outstanding at
December 31, 2011 was approximately  $16,700 and  $2,100, respectively. No stock options or VAR Plan
notional units expired during the years  ended  December 31, 2012 and  2011. The following is a
summary of the Company’s non-vested  stock options/VAR Plan notional units:

Plan
Options/Units

Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Unvested units at December 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Units granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Units vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Units cancelled or forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Units outstanding at December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . .
Options/Units granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options/Units vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options/Units cancelled or forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
1,370,500
—
(26,000)

1,344,500
418,000
(435,939)
(70,218)

Unvested options at December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . .

1,256,343

$ —
5.11
—
4.83

$5.48
8.73
5.29
8.08

$6.58

F-27

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(9) Equity-Based Compensation (Continued)

The following weighted average assumptions were  used  in the fair value  calculation for  the years

ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

Expected term (in years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.2 - 6.3
49%
1.0% - 1.6%
0%

5.5 - 6.6
44% - 47%
1.4% - 2.9%
0%

Year Ended
December 31, 2012

Year Ended
December 31, 2011

Following the Reorganization, the VAR Plan awards were exchanged for options to purchase

shares of the Company’s common stock  having  the same time-based vesting  schedules,  which range
from one to six years. The VAR Plan  awards that were granted and  outstanding as of the
Reorganization date were exchanged  for options to purchase  an aggregate of 1,661,719 shares of
common stock of Shutterstock, Inc. As a result of the  Reorganization, the Company recognized  a
non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $2,412,  net of estimated forfeitures, in connection with a
one-time acceleration charge as a result  of the removal of the  change of control condition. Since the
Reorganization through December 31, 2012, the Company has also recognized  a non-cash  stock-based
compensation expense of $618, net of estimated forfeitures, in connection  with the normal service
vesting of stock options.

As of December 31, 2012, the total unrecognized compensation charge related to 2012 Plan

non-vested options is approximately $7,300, which  is expected to be recognized  through fiscal year 2017.

Profits Interest Awards

On June 7, 2007, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with an  executive  of  the

Company whereby the executive received  an 8.5% membership  interest in the Company in
consideration of future services to be  rendered over a thirty-six month  period starting on  July 1,  2007.
The Company recorded a compensation charge  of $917, which is included in general and
administrative, during the year ended  December 31, 2010,  related to this  membership interest  award
based upon the award’s fair market value on the  date of grant. There was no compensation charge
recorded  during the years ended December 31,  2012 and 2011 as the executive was fully  vested  as of
December 31, 2010.

On November 1, 2007, the Company  entered into a  Profits Interest Grant  and Repurchase

Agreement (a ‘‘Profits Interest Agreement’’) with an employee of  the Company whereby the employee
received a 0.4% membership interest  in  the Company  in consideration of  future services to be rendered
over a forty-eight month period starting  on January  1, 2008. The  Profits Interest Agreement terms
stipulated that the executive would have  no rights to allocations  or  distributions relating  to  the
Company’s operating profits. Only upon  a Liquidation of  the Company, as  defined  in the Company’s
operating agreement, would the executive  be entitled  to  operating profits of the Company.  In
connection with the Reorganization, this  membership interest in the  LLC was  exchanged for  shares of
the Company’s stock, which do not contain a liquidation condition. The award was determined  to  meet
the characteristics  of an equity-based award and was measured  at fair value on the grant  date. Based
on the evaluation of the change of control condition in  effect on  the grant date and  through each

F-28

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(9) Equity-Based Compensation (Continued)

subsequent reporting period as to the probability that the  change of control condition will be achieved,
the Company did not record a compensation charge for this  award during the years ended
December 31, 2011 and 2010. Upon  consummation of  the Reorganization and in  connection with  the
removal of the change of control condition  from the Profits Interest  Agreement entered  with the
Company employee, the award was considered  vested and the Company  recognized  a non-cash  stock-
based compensation expense of $509, which is included in general and administrative expense, during
the year ended December 31, 2012. There is no unrecognized compensation  charge at December  31,
2012 related to this award.

Restricted Stock Award

On August 17, 2010, the Company entered into a Profits  Interest Agreement with an executive
whereby the Company issued a membership  interest  in the Company in consideration of  future services
to be rendered. The Profits Interest Agreement terms stipulated that the executive would have  no
rights to allocations or distributions relating to the Company’s operating profits. Only upon  a
Liquidation of the  Company, as defined  in the Company’s operating  agreement, would the  executive be
entitled to operating profits of the Company.  In connection with  the Reorganization, this membership
interest in the LLC was exchanged for restricted  and  unrestricted  shares of the  Company’s stock, which
did not contain a liquidation condition.  The Profits  Interest Agreement  was effective as of April 5, 2010
and entitled the executive to an aggregate  amount  of 4% of  any liquidation of the Company’s in excess
of $300,000. The Profits Interest Grant was to vest over a  six year period. The Profits  Interest
Agreement also contained a put feature  whereby the executive had the option to put back to the
Company up to 10% annually of any vested  portion of the  membership interest at  the fair value on  the
date  the executive would sell the vested  interest back to the Company. Since the  put feature did not
subject the executive to the typical risks  of stock  ownership, the membership  interest was  classified as a
liability and recorded utilizing the intrinsic  method. The Company’s process  for determining the fair
value of the awards included consideration of third party valuation reports and  the fair value
determined served as the basis for calculating the compensation charge. The Company  recorded a
compensation charge of $2,827, $2,122,  and $197,  which is  included in general  and administrative
expense, during the years ended December  31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  This liability was
re-measured each reporting period until  a Liquidation occurred. As  of  December  31, 2011, the  liability
charge  was included in other non-current  liabilities.  Upon  consummation of the Reorganization, the
vested portion of the profits interest was exchanged  for shares of common  stock  of Shutterstock, Inc.
and the liability in the amount of $5,147  was re-classed to equity. The unvested  portion was exchanged
for shares of restricted stock having the  same  vesting terms  as the  profits interest. The Amended and
Restated Restricted Stock Agreement  entered into by the Company with the executive governs  the
terms of the restricted stock. Pursuant  to  the terms of the  Amended  and  Restated Restricted Stock
Agreement, 50% of the then-outstanding  shares  of restricted stock held by  the executive  vested  and
were released from the Company’s right to acquire such  shares  upon the effectiveness of the
Company’s Registration Statement on  October 10, 2012.  The Company recognized a non-cash stock-
based compensation expense of $3,627, which is included in general and administrative expense, in
connection with a one-time acceleration  charge for the  vesting of 50% of the unvested portion of the
restricted stock award based on the exchange  date fair  value. Additionally, the Company  recorded a
non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $258,  which is included in  general and administrative

F-29

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(9) Equity-Based Compensation (Continued)

expense, since the Reorganization date through December 31, 2012  as a result  of  the restricted stock’s
normal service vesting.

As of December 31, 2012, the total unrecognized compensation charge related to the  restricted

stock is $3,368, which is expected to be recognized through  fiscal 2016.

The following table summarizes non-cash  equity-based compensation  expense included in the

Company’s statement of operations for  the years ended  December 31,  2012, 2011  and 2010:

Year Ended December 31,

2012

2011

2010

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

219
783
1,696
7,687

$ — $ —
—
—
1,114

—
—
2,122

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,385

$2,122

$1,114

(10) Members’ Equity and Stockholders’  Equity

Common Members’ Equity

Prior to the Reorganization, common members’ equity  consisted of common membership interests.
Only certain members had voting rights  as designated in the LLC’s Operating Agreement with respect
to any action presented for a vote of  the  Company’s members and only certain members were entitled
to profits interest distributions from  the  Company’s earnings. Common membership  was not
transferable without prior consent from  the Company’s  BOM.

Redeemable Preferred Members’ Equity

On June 6, 2007, prior to the Reorganization, the Company’s then sole shareholder sold  25% of

the common members’ equity to outside investors for an aggregate purchase price of $60,000.  On
February 28, 2008, the outside investors paid  a purchase price adjustment in  the amount of $1,800 to
the selling member as a result of the Company  achieving  an EBITDA Target as defined in  the purchase
agreement. The outside investors had  the same rights and  terms as common members’  equity holders
except for a liquidation preference and  a  put preference. The  put  preference provided the outside
investors with the option to redeem their  investment for cash  with proper  notice  to  the Company on
June 6, 2011 or thereafter. The Company treated this transaction as an equity modification. As a result,
the Company recorded the change in the  fair value of the  25%  interest immediately prior  to  and after
the modification of the equity interest  as  a deemed  dividend  and charged  it against common members’
deficit on the modification date. The Company  accreted the difference between the carrying  value of
the preferred membership interest and  the redemption value  by applying the effective  interest method.
The Company concluded that the preferred interest possessed characteristics and risks  more similar to
equity and classified such instrument outside  of  common members’ equity. Since the preferred
members had the option to redeem their investment for cash with  proper notice to the Company  on
June 6, 2011 or thereafter, the Company  recorded the transaction  outside of common  members’ equity.

F-30

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(10) Members’ Equity and Stockholders’  Equity (Continued)

The purchase agreement also provided for the reduction of preferred interests  for any distributions
paid to the preferred holders. A summary  of the  Company’s preferred  members’  interest  account
activity is as follows:

Balance as of December 31, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred interest accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance as of December 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred interest accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance as of December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exchanged(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance

$ 36,218
7,068
(6,475)

36,811
4,058
(7,144)

33,725
(9,000)
(24,725)

Balance as of December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

—

(1) Balance exchanged from redeemable preferred  members’  interest to stockholders’ equity

upon consummation of the Reorganization

As of the Reorganization date, the outside investors did not exercise this  put preference, therefore,

the entire redeemable preferred membership interests in  the LLC  were exchanged  for shares of
Shutterstock, Inc. common stock.

Common Stock

In connection with the Reorganization,  the common and  redeemable preferred membership
interests in the LLC, including any interests  that vested upon the Reorganization, were exchanged for
shares of Shutterstock, Inc. common  stock. The  holders  of common stock are  entitled to one vote for
each  share held of record on all matters  submitted to a vote of  the  stockholders.  Subject to preferences
that may be applicable to any outstanding  preferred stock,  holders of common stock are  entitled to
receive ratably such dividends as may  be  declared by  the board  of directors out of  funds  legally
available for that purpose. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the  Company, the
holders  of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining  after payment of
liabilities, subject to the prior distribution  rights of any outstanding preferred  stock.  The common stock
has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription  rights. The outstanding shares of  common
stock are fully paid and non-assessable. Under the  amended and restated certificate of incorporation,
which  became effective upon completion of  the IPO,  the Company’s certificate of incorporation
authorized 200,000,000 shares of $0.01  par  value common  stock.

F-31

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(10) Members’ Equity and Stockholders’  Equity (Continued)

Preferred Stock

Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which became effective upon
completion of the IPO, the Company’s  board of  directors has  the authority, without further  action by
the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000  shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par  value, in one or more
series. The board of directors also has  the  authority to designate  the  rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions of each such series, including dividend rights, dividend  rates, conversion rights, voting rights,
terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation  preferences  and the number  of shares constituting
any series.

The issuance of preferred stock may  have the effect  of  delaying, deferring or preventing  a change
in control of Shutterstock without further action  by the stockholders.  The issuance of preferred stock
with voting and conversion rights may  also adversely affect the voting power of the holders  of common
stock. In certain circumstances, an issuance  of  preferred stock could have  the effect of decreasing the
market price of the common stock. As  of  December  31, 2012, the  Company has not issued  and has  no
plans to issue any shares of preferred  stock.

Distributions to Members

In accordance with the LLC’s Amended and  Restated Limited  Liability Company Agreement,

prior to the Reorganization, cash distributions to the members were based on their respective
percentage interests to the extent cash  was available as determined by  the board.  Distributions were
also limited to the extent that liabilities, excluding any owed to the members, exceeded fair market
value of the LLC ‘s assets. Upon a dissolution event  of  the LLC, any assets were to be distributed 1) to
creditors, including members who are  creditors, by payment or provision for payment of the debt and
liabilities of the LLC and the expenses  of  the liquidation; 2) to the  setup of any reserves that are
reasonably necessary for any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the LLC; 3) to the
preferred members until they have received distributions which, when aggregated with all prior
distributions made to them equal their  liquidation  preference; 4) to Pixel Holdings Inc.,  which was
the LLC’s majority member, until such time that it has received  distributions equal to the liquidation
preference paid to the preferred members; 5) 75%  to  the common member with 8.5% membership
interest, and 25% to the preferred members,  until the aggregate  amount of  the distributions made to
the 8.5% membership interest holder equals the  product of $120,000  multiplied  by  their  vested
percentage; and 6) to the members in proportion to their percentage  interests. For  the years ended
December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the LLC  distributed  $36,000, $28,575, and $25,900,  respectively, to
its  common and preferred members.  Upon consummation of the  Reorganization, the LLC’s Amended
and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement terminated.

(11) Related Parties

Historically, customers have inadvertently  sent payment for purchased subscriptions to Pixel

Holdings Inc., which is wholly owned by the  Company’s majority shareholder. The Company recognizes
revenue in accordance with its revenue  recognition policy and collects  the receivable from Pixel
Holdings Inc. As of December 31, 2012  and 2011,  uncollected  payments were $0 and $168, respectively,
and are included in due from related party.

F-32

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

(12) Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

The following table sets forth, for the periods  indicated, the Company’s financial  information for

the eight most recent quarters ended  December 31, 2012. In  the Company’s opinion, this  unaudited
information has been prepared on a basis  consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements
and includes all adjustments, consisting  only  of  normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of the unaudited information  for the periods presented.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Revenue .
.
Operating expenses:
.
.
.
.
Cost of revenue .
.
Sales & marketing .
.
Product development .
.
General and administrative .

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

Total operating expenses .

.

.

.
Income from operations .
Other income/(expense),  net .

.

.

.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.

.

.
.

Income before income taxes .
.
(Benefit) provision for income tax .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Net income .
Less:
Preferred interest distributed .
Preferred interest accretion .
.
Undistributed (loss)  earnings to
participating shareholder/
.
.
.
members .

. . .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.

Net income  available  to common
.

shareholders/members .

.

.

.

Net income(loss) per basic  share
available to common  members:
.
.

Distributed .
.
Undistributed .

. . .
.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

Basic .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.

.

.
.

.

Net income(loss) per diluted share
available to common  members:
.
.

Distributed .
.
Undistributed .

. . .
.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

Basic .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Weighted average shares

outstanding:
.
Basic .
.
.
Diluted .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

Dec.  31,
2012(1)

Sept.  30,
2012(2)

June 30,
2012(2)

Mar.  31,
2012(2)

Dec. 31,
2011

Sept.  30,
2011

June. 31,
2011

Mar.  31,
2011

$

49,157

$

42,260

$

40,625

$

37,574

$

34,728

$

31,156

$

28,912

$

25,475

Three Months Ended

18,794
12,022
5,675
9,709

46,200

2,957
(49)

2,908
(26,111)

29,019

2,950
—

16,057
9,752
3,795
3,766

33,370

8,890
(3)

8,887
146

8,741

2,263
—

15,436
11,093
3,441
4,444

34,414

6,211
2

6,213
141

6,072

1,688
—

14,389
12,240
3,419
3,732

33,780

3,794
3

3,797
86

3,711

2,100
—

(2,668)

(77)

(170)

(1,172)

12,975
9,600
2,711
3,335

28,621

6,107
2

6,109
321

5,788

956
—

491

11,373
8,493
2,811
2,539

25,216

5,940
1

5,941
253

5,688

1,312
565

10,977
6,875
2,368
2,285

22,505

6,407
1

6,408
273

6,135

3,000
1,730

10,179
6,961
1,887
2,012

21,039

4,436
6

4,442
189

4,253

1,875
1,763

(31)

(1,899)

(1,253)

$

28,737

$

6,555

$

4,554

$

2,783

$

4,341

$

3,842

$

3,304

$

1,868

0.27
0.61

0.88

0.27
0.61

0.88

0.33
(0.02)

0.31

0.33
(0.02)

0.31

0.24
(0.02)

0.22

0.24
(0.02)

0.22

0.30
(0.17)

0.13

0.30
(0.17)

0.13

0.14
0.07

0.21

0.14
0.07

0.21

0.19
(0.01)

0.18

0.19
(0.01)

0.18

0.43
(0.27)

0.16

0.43
(0.27)

0.16

0.27
(0.18)

0.09

0.27
(0.18)

0.09

32,497,727
32,681,570

20,849,242
20,849,242

20,849,242
20,849,242

20,849,242
20,849,242

20,849,242
20,849,242

20,849,242
20,849,242

20,849,242
20,849,242

20,849,242
20,849,242

(1): During the fourth  quarter  of fiscal  year  2012,  the  Company  identified an  under-accrual  in each of  the  prior quarters of 2012 related  to
non-income tax expense. As a  result,  the Company recorded an incremental charge  of approximately $900 to general and  administrative
expense during the fourth quarter of 2012. The Company does not believe the adjustment is material to the fourth quarter or any previously
reported periods.

(2): Certain interim  period  balances have been reclassified  within total  operating expenses  to  conform to current period  presentation.

F-33

Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the

registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its  behalf  by the undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized.

SIGNATURES

SHUTTERSTOCK, INC.

Dated: March 1, 2013

By:

/s/ JONATHAN ORINGER

Jonathan Oringer
Chief Executive Officer and Director

Each  person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Jonathan
Oringer, Thilo Semmelbauer and Timothy E. Bixby, and each of them, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution and full power to  act  without the other, as his or her true  and lawful attorney-in-fact
and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the  name and  on behalf of  each
person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and  to  file any and all amendments to this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file  the same,  with all  exhibits thereto, and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities  and  Exchange Commission, granting  unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of  them,  full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that  said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or
their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully  do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, this report has been signed

below by the following persons on behalf of  the registrant and in the capacities  indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ JONATHAN ORINGER

Jonathan Oringer

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

March 1, 2013

/s/ THILO SEMMELBAUER

Thilo Semmelbauer

President and Chief Operating Officer

March 1, 2013

/s/ TIMOTHY E. BIXBY

Timothy E. Bixby

Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 1, 2013

/s/ STEVEN BERNS

Steven Berns

/s/ JEFF EPSTEIN

Jeff Epstein

/s/ THOMAS R. EVANS

Thomas R. Evans

Director

Director

Director

March 1, 2013

March 1, 2013

March 1, 2013

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ JEFFREY LIEBERMAN

Jeffrey Lieberman

/s/ JONATHAN MILLER

Jonathan Miller

Director

Director

March 1, 2013

March 1, 2013

Exhibit
Number

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
as of October 5, 2012, between the
Registrant and Shutterstock
Images LLC.

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
as of October 5, 2012, among the
Registrant, Shutterstock Investors
II, Inc., Insight Venture Partners
(Cayman) V, L.P., Shutterstock
Investors III, Inc. and Insight Venture
Partners V Coinvestment Fund, L.P.

Amended and Restated Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Registrant, as
currently in effect.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the
Registrant, as currently in effect.

Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of October 5, 2012, between the
Registrant and the investors listed on
Schedule 1 thereto.

S-1/A 333-181376

2.1 October 5,  2012

S-1/A 333-181376

2.2 October 5,  2012

S-1/A 333-181376

3.2

June 29,  2012

S-1/A 333-181376

3.4

September 27, 2012

S-1/A 333-181376

4.2 October 5,  2012

10.1§ Form of Indemnification Agreement

S-1/A 333-181376

10.1 August 30, 2012

10.2§

10.3§

10.4

10.5

10.6

between the Registrant and each of its
Officers and Directors.

2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
and Form of Award Agreements.

2012 Employee Stock Purchase  Plan
and Form of Subscription Agreement.

S-1/A 333-181376

10.2

September  27, 2012

S-1/A 333-181376

10.3

June  29, 2012

Lease Agreement, between Shutterstock S-1
Images LLC and Wells 60 Broad
Street, LLC, dated November 6, 2008.

Amendment to Lease between Wells  60 S-1
Broad Street, LLC and Shutterstock
Images LLC, dated as of March 21,
2012.

Amendment to Lease between Wells  60 S-1
Broad Street, LLC and Shutterstock
Images LLC, dated as of March 21,
2012.

333-181376

10.4 May 14,  2012

333-181376

10.5 May 14, 2012

333-181376

10.6 May 14, 2012

10.7§

Shutterstock, Inc. Short-Term  Incentive S-1/A 333-181376
Plan.

10.7 August 30, 2012

10.8(a)§ Employment Agreement between

S-1/A 333-181376

10.8(a) September 27, 2012

Shutterstock Images LLC and Jonathan
Oringer dated September 24, 2012.

Exhibit
Number

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

10.8(b)§ Severance and Change in Control
Agreement between Shutterstock
Images LLC and Jonathan Oringer
dated September 24, 2012.

S-1/A 333-181376

10.8(b) September 27, 2012

10.9(a)§ Employment Agreement between

S-1/A 333-181376

10.9(a) September 27, 2012

Shutterstock Images LLC and Thilo
Semmelbauer dated March 21, 2010.

10.9(b)§ Severance and Change in Control
Agreement between Shutterstock
Images LLC and Thilo Semmelbauer
dated September 24, 2012.

S-1/A 333-181376

10.9(b) September 27,  2012

10.9(c)§ Amended and Restated Restricted

10-Q/A 001-35669

10.6(c) December 19, 2012

Stock Agreement between the
Registrant and Thilo Semmelbauer
effective as of October 5, 2012.

10.10(a)§ Employment Agreement between

S-1/A 333-181376 10.10(a) September 27, 2012

Shutterstock Images LLC and Timothy
E. Bixby dated May 16, 2011.

10.10(b)§ Severance and Change in Control
Agreement between Shutterstock
Images LLC and Timothy E. Bixby
dated September 24, 2012.

S-1/A 333-181376 10.10(b) September 27,  2012

10.11(a)§ Employment Agreement between

S-1/A 333-181376 10.11(a) September 27, 2012

Shutterstock Images LLC and James
Chou dated September 24, 2012.

10.11(b)§ Severance and Change in Control
Agreement between Shutterstock
Images LLC and James Chou dated
September 24, 2012.

S-1/A 333-181376 10.11(b) September 27,  2012

10.12

Loan and Security Agreement between S-1/A 333-181376
Silicon Valley Bank and Shutterstock
Images LLC dated September 21, 2012.

10.12

September 27,  2012

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

List of Subsidiaries.

S-1/A 333-181376

21.1 August 30,  2012

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm.

Power of Attorney (included  on
signature page of this Annual  Report
on Form 10-K).

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
pursuant to Exchange Act
Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Exhibit
Number

31.2

Exhibit Description

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

Certification of Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to Exchange Act
Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1# Certifications of Chief Executive

Officer and Chief Financial Officer
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

99.1

Consent of L.E.K. Consulting LLC.

101.INS* XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Schema

Document.

101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation

Linkbase Document.

101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition

Linkbase Document.

101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Label
Linkbase Document.

101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension

Presentation Linkbase Document.

* XBRL information is furnished  and  not  filed for purposes of Sections 11  and 12 of the Securities
Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, and  is not subject to liability
under those sections, is not part of any registration  statement  or prospectus to which it  relates and
is not incorporated or deemed to be incorporated  by reference into any registration statement,
prospectus or other document.

§ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

# These certifications are not deemed  filed with the Securities and  Exchange Commission and  are

not to be incorporated by reference in any filing  we make under the Securities Act  of 1933 or the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, irrespective of any general incorporation  language  in any filings.

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statements on  Form  S-8

(File  Nos. 333-184371 and 333-184544) of Shutterstock, Inc. of  our report  dated March 1, 2013 relating
to the financial statements, which appears  in this  Form 10-K.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
March 1, 2013

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION  PURSUANT TO RULE  13a-14(a)  OR  15d-14(a) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT  OF 1934,  AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jonathan Oringer, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report  on Form  10-K of Shutterstock,  Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does  not  contain any untrue statement  of  a material fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and  other financial  information included in  this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial  condition, results of operations and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying  officer and I are responsible for establishing and  maintaining

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in  Exchange  Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for
the registrant and  have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and  procedures,  or caused such disclosure  controls and

procedures to be designed under  our supervision,  to  ensure that material  information relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during  the period in which  this  report is being prepared;

b.

[Intentionally omitted]

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure  controls and procedures and

presented in this report our conclusions about  the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period  covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s  internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal  quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that  has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control  over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying  officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent  evaluation
of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s  auditors and the  audit committee of
the registrant’s board of directors (or persons  performing  the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation  of  internal

control over financial reporting which  are reasonably likely  to  adversely affect  the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees  who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over  financial  reporting.

Date: March 1, 2013

By: /s/ JONATHAN ORINGER

Jonathan Oringer
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION  PURSUANT TO RULE  13a-14(a)  OR  15d-14(a) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT  OF 1934,  AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Timothy E. Bixby, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report  on Form  10-K of Shutterstock,  Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does  not  contain any untrue statement  of  a material fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and  other financial  information included in  this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial  condition, results of operations and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying  officer and I are responsible for establishing and  maintaining

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in  Exchange  Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for
the registrant and  have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and  procedures,  or caused such disclosure  controls and

procedures to be designed under  our supervision,  to  ensure that material  information relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during  the period in which  this  report is being prepared;

b.

[Intentionally omitted]

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure  controls and procedures and

presented in this report our conclusions about  the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period  covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s  internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal  quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that  has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control  over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying  officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent  evaluation
of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s  auditors and the  audit committee of
the registrant’s board of directors (or persons  performing  the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation  of  internal

control over financial reporting which  are reasonably likely  to  adversely affect  the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees  who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over  financial  reporting.

Date: March 1, 2013

By: /s/ TIMOTHY E. BIXBY

Timothy E. Bixby
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION  OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE  OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL  OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION  1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906  OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report  on Form 10-K of Shutterstock, Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 2012 as filed with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  on the date hereof (the
‘‘Report’’), I,  Jonathan Oringer, as Chief Executive Officer of Shutterstock, Inc.,  hereby certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted  pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that, to the best of my knowledge, the Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  and the information  contained in the
Report fairly presents, in all material respects,  the  financial condition and results of operations of
Shutterstock, Inc.

Date: March 1, 2013

By: /s/ JONATHAN ORINGER

Jonathan Oringer
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

In connection with the Annual Report  on Form  10-K of Shutterstock, Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 2012 as filed with the  Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
‘‘Report’’), I, Timothy E. Bixby, as Chief  Financial Officer of Shutterstock, Inc., hereby certify, pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section  906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that,
to the best of my knowledge, the Report  fully  complies with the requirements of Section  13(a) or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the  information contained in  the Report fairly presents, in
all material respects, the financial condition  and  results  of  operations of Shutterstock, Inc.

Date: March 1, 2013

By: /s/ TIMOTHY E. BIXBY

Timothy E. Bixby
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Consent of L.E.K. Consulting LLC

EXHIBIT 99.1

Reference is made to the report entitled ‘‘Visual Stock  Content Global Market Size and Forecast’’

dated August 8, 2012, which L.E.K. Consulting LLC (‘‘L.E.K.’’) has prepared for Shutterstock
Images LLC (the ‘‘Report’’).

L.E.K. hereby consents to the inclusion of references to its name and references to, and

information derived from, the Report  in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Shutterstock,  Inc. the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2012  (the ‘‘Annual  Report’’) filed with the  United States Securities and
Exchange Commission (the ‘‘SEC’’),  and  any  subsequent amendment to the Annual Report filed with
the SEC, provided that any modifications  to  the use of L.E.K.’s name or the  statements attributed to
L.E.K. in such Annual Report or in any  subsequent amendment shall be subject  to  the prior consent of
L.E.K.

Date: March 1, 2013

L.E.K. Consulting LLC

By: /s/ SHUBA SATYAPRASAD

Name: Shuba Satyaprasad
Title: General Counsel

Board of Directors

Executive Officers

Jon Oringer 
Founder, CEO & Chairman

Jon Oringer 
Founder, CEO & Chairman

Thilo Semmelbauer 
President & COO

Tim Bixby 
Chief Financial Officer

James Chou 
Chief Technology Officer

Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
300 Madison Avenue 
New York, NY 10017

Transfer Agent 
American Stock Transfer & 
Trust Company 
6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, NY 11219

Company Information 
Current information about 
Shutterstock, press releases  
and investor information  
are available on our website  
at www.shutterstock.com

Steven Berns 
EVP & CFO,  
Revlon, Inc.

Jeff Epstein 
Former EVP & CFO,  
Oracle Corporation

Thomas R. Evans 
President & CEO,  
Bankrate, Inc.

Jeffrey Lieberman 
Managing Director,  
Insight Venture Partners

Jonathan Miller 
Former Chairman & CEO,  
News Corp.  
Digital Media Group

Stockholder Information 

Corporate Headquarters 
Shutterstock, Inc. 
60 Broad Street 
New York, NY 10004

Investor Relations 
Copies of our annual  
report on Form 10-K  
for the year ended  
December 31, 2012 are 
available free of charge,  
upon request to  
Shutterstock, Inc.  
60 Broad Street 
New York, NY 10004 
Attn: Corporate Secretary

Stock Listing 
Our common stock is  
listed on the New York  
Stock Exchange under 
the symbol “SSTK”

Counsel 
Orrick, Herrington &  
Sutcliffe LLP 
51 West 52nd Street 
New York, NY 10019